Petroleum Experts

User Manual

IPM
PROSPER
Version 15
February 2018
 PROSPER
IPM - Single Well Model OVERVIEW
by Petroleum Experts Limited

PROSPER is a well performance, design and optimisation program which is part of the
Integrated Production Modelling Toolkit (IPM). This tool is the industry standard well
modelling with the major operators worldwide.

PROSPER is designed to allow the building of reliable and consistent well models, with the
ability to address each aspect of well bore modelling; PVT (fluid characterisation), VLP
correlations (for calculation of flow-line and tubing pressure loss) and IPR (reservoir inflow).

PROSPER provides unique matching features, which tune PVT, multiphase flow
correlations and IPR to match measured field data, allowing a consistent well model to be
built prior to use in prediction (sensitivities or artificial lift design). PROSPER enables
detailed surface pipeline performance and design: Flow Regimes, pipeline stability, Slug
Size andFrequency

APPLICATIONS
• Design and optimise well completions including multi-lateral, multilayer and horizontal
wells
• Design and optimise tubing and pipeline sizes
• Design, diagnose and optimise Gas lifted, Hydraulic pumps and ESP wells
• Generate lift curves for use in simulators
• Calculate pressure losses in wells, flow lines and across chokes
• Predict flowing temperatures in wells and pipelines
• Monitor well performance to rapidly identify wells requiring remedial action
• Calculate total skin and determine breakdown (damage, deviation or
partial penetration)
• Unique black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids, accounting
for liquid dropout in the wellbore
• Allocate production between wells
 3

Copyright Notice
The copyright in this manual and the associated computer program are the property of Petroleum Experts
Ltd. All rights reserved. Both, this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a
Licence Agreement containing restriction of use.

No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated
into any language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical or otherwise, or
disclose to third parties without prior written consent from Petroleum Experts Ltd., Petex House, 10 Logie
Mill, Edinburgh, EH7 4HG, Scotland, UK.

© Petroleum Experts Ltd. All rights reserved.

IPM Suite, GAP, PROSPER, MBAL, PVTP, REVEAL, RESOLVE, IFM, ModelCatalogue and OpenServer are
trademarks of Petroleum Experts Ltd.

Microsoft (Windows), Windows (2000) and Windows (XP) are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation

The software described in this manual is furnished under a licence agreement. The software may be used or
copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy the software on any
medium except as specifically allowed in the license agreement. No part of this documentation may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use, unless express written consent has been given by Petroleum Experts Limited.

Address:

Petroleum Experts Limited

Petex House
10 Logie Mill
Edinburgh, Scotland
EH7 4HG

Tel : (44 131) 474 7030

Fax : (44 131) 474 7031

email: [email protected]
Internet: www.petex.com

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 I PROSPER

Table of Contents
0

Chapter 1 Technical Overview 2

1 Summary
...................................................................................................................................
of Capabilities 2
2 Fluid modelling
...................................................................................................................................
options 14
3 Inflows
...................................................................................................................................
and Sand Control options 16
4 Well bore
...................................................................................................................................
and Pipeline hydraulics 17
5 Artificial
...................................................................................................................................
lift systems 18
6 Flow assurance
................................................................................................................................... 19
Advanced Therm
..........................................................................................................................................................
al Models 19
General Flow ..........................................................................................................................................................
Assurance Features 19
7 What's...................................................................................................................................
New 20
8 Examples
...................................................................................................................................
Guide 52

Chapter 2 User Guide 57

1 Introduction
................................................................................................................................... 57
PROSPER and ..........................................................................................................................................................
System s Analysis 57
About PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 59
Using PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 61
Exam ples .......................................................................................................................................................... 65
2 PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
Main Menu 68
File .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
Options .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
PVT .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
System .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
Matching .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
Calculation .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Design .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Output .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Wizard .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Units .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Help .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Colour Coded..........................................................................................................................................................
Data Validation 70
3 File Menu
................................................................................................................................... 71
PROSPER Files.......................................................................................................................................................... 72
PVT Data (*.PVT)
......................................................................................................................................................... 73
Input Data (*.SIN)
......................................................................................................................................................... 73
Analysis Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.ANL) 73
Output Data.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.OUT) 73
Creating a .........................................................................................................................................................
New File 74
Opening an.........................................................................................................................................................
Existing File 74
Saving a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 74
Copying a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 75
New .......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Open .......................................................................................................................................................... 75
 Contents II

Save .......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Save As .......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Im port .......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Import Files......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Convert - Selection
......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Add Import.........................................................................................................................................................
Type 78
Preferences .......................................................................................................................................................... 78
Main Screen ......................................................................................................................................................... 78
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 80
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 82
User Applications
......................................................................................................................................................... 84
Limits ......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Units ......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Equipment ......................................................................................................................................................... 89
VPC ......................................................................................................................................................... 90
Correlations ......................................................................................................................................................... 91
Softw are Key ..........................................................................................................................................................
Maintenance 92
FileList .......................................................................................................................................................... 95
File Com pare .......................................................................................................................................................... 96
Evaluate OpenServer
.......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Input Screen ......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Commands......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Variables......................................................................................................................................................... 100
Functions......................................................................................................................................................... 101
User Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 102
Flow Correlation
......................................................................................................................................................... 103
Add Flow Correlation .........................................................................................................................................
DLL 104
Flow Correlation.........................................................................................................................................
Information 104
Hydro3P Correlation .........................................................................................................................................
Parameters 106
Equation Of.........................................................................................................................................................
State Model 108
Add User PVT EOS .........................................................................................................................................
DLL 110
Choke Correlation
......................................................................................................................................................... 111
Add User Choke.........................................................................................................................................
Correlation DLL 112
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................................
Model 113
Add User IPR Correlation
.........................................................................................................................................
DLL 114
HSP Gas .........................................................................................................................................................
DeRating Model 115
Add User HSP Gas .........................................................................................................................................
Derating Model 116
Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................................
Model 117
Add User Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................
Model DLL 118
Printer Setup.......................................................................................................................................................... 118
Preparing.........................................................................................................................................................
to Print 118
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................................
and configuring a Printer 119
Printing Export
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 119
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................................
an Exported Data to Print 121
Clipboard Com ..........................................................................................................................................................
m and 121
Word Processing..........................................................................................................................................................
in PROSPER 122
Exit .......................................................................................................................................................... 122
Com m and Buttons
.......................................................................................................................................................... 123
4 Options
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 125
Options Screen .......................................................................................................................................................... 125
Fluid Description
......................................................................................................................................................... 128
Well ......................................................................................................................................................... 132
Artificial Lift
......................................................................................................................................................... 134
Calculation .........................................................................................................................................................
Type 138

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

III PROSPER

Brine Modelling
......................................................................................................................................................... 140
Steam Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 143
Well Completion
......................................................................................................................................................... 143
Reservoir......................................................................................................................................................... 144
Options - Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gun DataBase 144
Tubing Database
.......................................................................................................................................................... 147
Tubing Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Copy 149
Casing Database
.......................................................................................................................................................... 149
Casing Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Copy 152
Pipe Schedule
.......................................................................................................................................................... 152
Pipe Schedule
.........................................................................................................................................................
Copy 155
Pipe Schedule
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Equipm ent 155
5 PVT Menu
................................................................................................................................... 159
Oil (BlackOil Model)
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Input Data 161
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 168
Regression ......................................................................................................................................................... 169
Table Look-Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 171
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 176
Equivalent.........................................................................................................................................................
Composition 178
Composition - binary .........................................................................................................................................
interaction coefficients 179
Emulsions.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 181
Emulsion Data ......................................................................................................................................... 181
Emulsions Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 185
Pump Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................
Correction Data 188
Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling - Rheological Parameters 190
Viscosity Modelling .........................................................................................................................................
- Y Axis Selection 194
Pow er Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................................
Properties 195
Hydraualic Drive.........................................................................................................................................
Dow nhole Pump (HSP) 197
Jet Pump ......................................................................................................................................... 199
Diluent Injection ......................................................................................................................................... 200
Gas (Black Oil ..........................................................................................................................................................
Model) - Input Data 201
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 206
Regression ......................................................................................................................................................... 207
Table Look-Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 208
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 209
Condensed .........................................................................................................................................................
Water Vapour 211
Retrograde Condensate
..........................................................................................................................................................
(Black Oil Model) - Input Data 213
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 218
Regression ......................................................................................................................................................... 219
Table Look-Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 221
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 222
Calculate .......................................................................................................................................................... 223
Calculate ......................................................................................................................................................... 223
PVT plot ......................................................................................................................................... 226
Steam Calculations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 226
Calculating.........................................................................................................................................................
Steam Properties 228
Calculate Range......................................................................................................................................... 229
Calculate Single......................................................................................................................................... 230
Setting Steam
.........................................................................................................................................................
Quality 232
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 234
PVT Warnings .......................................................................................................................................................... 235
PVT Warning.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves 236
6 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu | Equipment Data Input 236
 Contents IV

Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
Only 237
Deviation .........................................................................................................................................................
Survey 238
Filter ......................................................................................................................................... 241
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................................... 245
Dow nhole.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment 249
Temperature .........................................................................................................................................................
Survey 251
Pipe Schedule.........................................................................................................................................................
and Equipment 252
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Tem perature 256
Rough Approximation
......................................................................................................................................................... 256
Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 257
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 257
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 259
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 260
Average Heat Capacities ......................................................................................................................................... 262
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 263
Enthalpy Balance
......................................................................................................................................................... 263
Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 264
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 264
Insulation ................................................................................................................................... 268
Fittings ................................................................................................................................... 268
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 270
Insulation ................................................................................................................................... 272
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 272
Temperature Data .........................................................................................................................................
(On Land) 274
Drilling and Completion ......................................................................................................................................... 275
Completion Fluid...................................................................................................................................
Properties 278
Lithology ......................................................................................................................................... 279
Temperature Databases ......................................................................................................................................... 280
Pipes database................................................................................................................................... 280
Insulation Database ................................................................................................................................... 282
Fluids Database................................................................................................................................... 283
Rock Properties...................................................................................................................................
database 284
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 286
Improved .........................................................................................................................................................
Approximation 286
Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 287
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 287
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 289
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 289
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 291
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 291
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Draw ing 293
Dow nHole.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Draw ing 293
7 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu | IPR Data Input 295
IPR Single Well..........................................................................................................................................................
Data 296
The Main .........................................................................................................................................................
Data Entry Screen 296
Action Buttons
......................................................................................................................................................... 297
Model Selection
.........................................................................................................................................................
Section 298
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 300
Data Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Section 300
Results Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 302
IPR Models for ..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil and Water Wells 303
P.I. Entry ......................................................................................................................................................... 304
Vogel ......................................................................................................................................................... 305
Composite......................................................................................................................................................... 305

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

V PROSPER

Darcy ......................................................................................................................................................... 305

Fetkovich......................................................................................................................................................... 306
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Fetkovich 307
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 307
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Jones 307
Transient......................................................................................................................................................... 308
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well 309
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No Flow Boundaries 311
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary 312
Multi-Layer.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow 314
PI Entry ......................................................................................................................................... 316
Darcy ......................................................................................................................................... 316
MultiRate Jones ......................................................................................................................................... 317
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 318
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well Model With Friction Dp Loss 319
Horizontal Well Model .........................................................................................................................................
- Zone Data 322
Horizontal Well Model .........................................................................................................................................
- Coning calculation 323
Horizontal Well Model .........................................................................................................................................
- Plot 325
Coning Calculations .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 326
MultiLayer.........................................................................................................................................................
dP Loss in Wellbore 327
Darcy IPR model......................................................................................................................................... 329
MultiRate Jones .........................................................................................................................................
model 330
PI Entry IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 330
Fractured IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 330
Horizontal IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 331
PVT parameters......................................................................................................................................... 332
Relative Permeability .........................................................................................................................................
Parameters 332
Skin Parameters......................................................................................................................................... 333
Gravel Pack Parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 334
Results Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 334
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 334
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well w ith Transverse Vertical Fractures 335
Thermally.........................................................................................................................................................
Induced Fracture 338
Coning Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 340
Inflow Perform ..........................................................................................................................................................
ance (Gas and Condensate) 341
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 342
Forchiemer ......................................................................................................................................................... 343
Back Pressure
......................................................................................................................................................... 343
C and n ......................................................................................................................................................... 343
MultiRate .........................................................................................................................................................
C and n 344
MultiRate .........................................................................................................................................................
Jones 345
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 345
Petroleum.........................................................................................................................................................
Experts 345
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured 348
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
w ell - no flow boundaries 349
Multi Layer......................................................................................................................................................... 350
Jones Layer Model ......................................................................................................................................... 351
MultiRate Jones .........................................................................................................................................
Layer Model 352
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well Model With Friction Dp Loss 352
Horizontal Well Model .........................................................................................................................................
- Zone Data 355
SkinAide Model
......................................................................................................................................................... 356
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 356
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - Transverse Vertical Fractures 357
MultiLayer.........................................................................................................................................................
With Pressure Loss Betw een Layers 359
 Contents VI

Jones IPR model......................................................................................................................................... 362

MultiRate Jones .........................................................................................................................................
model 363
Petroleum Experts .........................................................................................................................................
IPR model 363
PI Entry IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 364
Fractured IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 364
Horizontal IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 365
PVT parameters......................................................................................................................................... 366
Relative Permeability .........................................................................................................................................
Parameters 366
Skin Parameters......................................................................................................................................... 366
Gravel Pack Parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 367
Results Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 367
Modified Isochronal
......................................................................................................................................................... 368
Forcheimer .........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure 370
Multirate Forcheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure 370
Dietz Shape Factors
.......................................................................................................................................................... 370
Dietz Shape.........................................................................................................................................................
Factor Calculation 372
IPR for CBM Wells
.......................................................................................................................................................... 373
Injection Wells.......................................................................................................................................................... 374
Skin Models .......................................................................................................................................................... 374
Entered Skin
.........................................................................................................................................................
Value 378
Locke ......................................................................................................................................................... 379
MacLeod ......................................................................................................................................................... 379
Karakas &.........................................................................................................................................................
Tariq 380
Cinco / Martin-Bronz
.........................................................................................................................................................
model or Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz Model 381
IPR Wong-Clifford
.........................................................................................................................................................
model 382
IPR Perforation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Diameter and Length 383
Other IPR-related
..........................................................................................................................................................
features 383
Gas Coning .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation 383
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 384
Gravel Packed Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 386
Gravel Pack Completion ...................................................................................................................................
Velocities 391
Pre-Packed Screen .........................................................................................................................................
completion 392
Wire-Wrapped Screen .........................................................................................................................................
Completion 393
Slotted Liner Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 395
Relative Permeability
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves 397
Test Data ......................................................................................................................................... 398
Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 399
Relative Permeability .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation Details 399
Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling 403
Compaction .........................................................................................................................................................
Permeability Reduction 404
SkinAide .......................................................................................................................................................... 405
SkinAide Theoretical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Background 406
Position of the producing
.........................................................................................................................................
interval w ith respect to reservoir geometry 406
Interference betw .........................................................................................................................................
een perforations and the damaged zone 407
The Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 407
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
w hich penetrates the formation 408
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
through the casing and cement 409
Annulus betw een .........................................................................................................................................
Casing and Screen 409
Hemispherical Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Model 409
Using SkinAide
......................................................................................................................................................... 410
Flow Model ......................................................................................................................................... 411
Skin Model ......................................................................................................................................... 412
Perforation Data......................................................................................................................................... 412
Geometry ......................................................................................................................................... 413

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

VII PROSPER

Petrophysics ......................................................................................................................................... 414

Damaged Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 415
Cased Hole ......................................................................................................................................... 416
Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 416
Perforations ......................................................................................................................................... 418
SkinAide Model
......................................................................................................................................................... 425
Geometry data ......................................................................................................................................... 425
Petrophysics data ......................................................................................................................................... 426
Damaged zone data ......................................................................................................................................... 427
Cased hole data......................................................................................................................................... 428
Crushed zone data ......................................................................................................................................... 428
Perforation data.........................................................................................................................................
(API test method) 430
Perforation data.........................................................................................................................................
(in situ geometry entered) 432
Gravel pack data ......................................................................................................................................... 433
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 434
Select Plot Axes......................................................................................................................................... 436
SPOT .......................................................................................................................................................... 436
Completion ......................................................................................................................................................... 438
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 440
Layers ......................................................................................................................................................... 447
Relative Permeabilities
......................................................................................................................................................... 453
Mud Invasion
......................................................................................................................................................... 456
Old Gun ......................................................................................................................................................... 465
Logs ......................................................................................................................................................... 467
Generate ......................................................................................................................................... 471
Peroration Cut Off ......................................................................................................................................... 471
Perforation Depth ......................................................................................................................................... 472
Gravel Pack......................................................................................................................................................... 472
Layer Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 474
Log Results......................................................................................................................................................... 475
Gun Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 475
Gun ......................................................................................................................................... 481
Spot Perforation.........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 482
IPR Plot .......................................................................................................................................................... 485
IPR plot variables
......................................................................................................................................................... 486
IPR test data..........................................................................................................................................................
entry 486
User-supplied ..........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Model Selected 488
Pseudo Pressure..........................................................................................................................................................
Table 488
MultiLateral Inflow
.......................................................................................................................................................... 490
Netw ork Interface
......................................................................................................................................................... 490
Interface .........................................................................................................................................................
Overview 501
Netw ork Window ......................................................................................................................................... 503
The Navigator Window ......................................................................................................................................... 505
Toolbar Details ......................................................................................................................................... 506
Netw ork Manipulation ......................................................................................................................................... 507
Menu Details ......................................................................................................................................... 508
Visualisation Screens ......................................................................................................................................... 511
Data Entry......................................................................................................................................................... 512
Completion Data......................................................................................................................................... 514
Completion Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 515
Deviation Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 515
Equipment Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 516
Junction Data ......................................................................................................................................... 516
Reservoir Data ......................................................................................................................................... 517
 Contents VIII

Tie-point Data ......................................................................................................................................... 517

Tubing Data ......................................................................................................................................... 518
Injected Fluid Properties
......................................................................................................................................... 518
Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 520
Calculation Details .........................................................................................................................................
Screen 521
MultiLateral Details .........................................................................................................................................
Plot - Variable Selection 521
Preferences
......................................................................................................................................................... 522
Print Set-up
......................................................................................................................................................... 524
8 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu | Artificial Lift Input Data 524
Gaslift (Continuous)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 524
Fixed Depth.........................................................................................................................................................
Of Injection 528
Optimum Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
of Injection 529
Valve Depth.........................................................................................................................................................
Specified 530
Gas Lift (Safety
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment) 531
Gas Lift (Allow
.........................................................................................................................................................
injection in Pipe Line above w ellhead) 532
Valve Transfer
......................................................................................................................................................... 534
Gas Lift for
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Wells 535
Electrical Subm..........................................................................................................................................................
ersible Pum ps 536
Separator.........................................................................................................................................................
Efficiency 539
Gas Separator
.........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling 540
Pump Wear .........................................................................................................................................................
Factor 543
Tapered ESPs
......................................................................................................................................................... 544
ESP in Pipeline
......................................................................................................................................................... 545
Hydraulic Subm ..........................................................................................................................................................
ersible Pum ps 547
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pum ps 551
Coiled Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 554
Diluent Injection
.......................................................................................................................................................... 556
Jet Pum ps .......................................................................................................................................................... 561
Framo Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Information 562
Multiphase Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
ps 564
Sucker Rod Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
ps 566
Gas Lift (Interm
..........................................................................................................................................................
ittent) 568
Foam Lift .......................................................................................................................................................... 569
Foam Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations 571
Foam-Homogeneous .........................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlation 572
Foam-Slippage Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Correlation 572
Foam-Drift Flux Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Correlation 574
Foam-Modified Drift .........................................................................................................................................
Flux Flow Correlation 574
References ......................................................................................................................................... 575
9 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu |Solids 575
10 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu | Well Schematic 584
11 Matching
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 589
VLP/IPR Match ..........................................................................................................................................................
and Quality Check 591
Estimate U .........................................................................................................................................................
Value 594
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Comparison 594
VLP Quality Check ......................................................................................................................................... 595
VLP Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 597
VLP Correlation .........................................................................................................................................
Applications 600
VLP Matching
.........................................................................................................................................................
- VLP/IPR 602
VLP Matching Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 605
Adjust IPR......................................................................................................................................................... 606
Chart ......................................................................................................................................... 608
PseudoPressure
.........................................................................................................................................................
Table 610
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
IX PROSPER

Gradient Matching
.......................................................................................................................................................... 611
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 613
Select Plot.........................................................................................................................................................
Axes 614
Surface Flow..........................................................................................................................................................
line Matching 615
Pipeline ......................................................................................................................................................... 617
Calculation......................................................................................................................................................... 619
Correlation Com
..........................................................................................................................................................
parison 621
Tubing ......................................................................................................................................................... 621
Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 627
Select Plot Axes......................................................................................................................................... 628
Pipeline ......................................................................................................................................................... 629
Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 634
Select Plot Axis ......................................................................................................................................... 636
Summary ......................................................................................................................................................... 637
QuickLook for ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift 639
Calculation.........................................................................................................................................................
Details 639
Top Dow n (Measured) ......................................................................................................................................... 639
Bottom Up (Calculated)......................................................................................................................................... 640
Input data......................................................................................................................................................... 640
Quicklook results......................................................................................................................................... 644
TRO ......................................................................................................................................... 645
Performing .........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 646
QuickLook plot ......................................................................................................................................... 649
Notes on .........................................................................................................................................................
Quicklook for Gas Lift 651
Multipoint QuickLook
..........................................................................................................................................................
for GasLift 652
Quicklook.........................................................................................................................................................
results 657
Results ......................................................................................................................................................... 658
QuickLook for ..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP 661
From Fixed .........................................................................................................................................................
WHP 662
From Static.........................................................................................................................................................
BHP 662
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 663
Performing .........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 665
Notes on .........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Quicklook Matching 668
QuickLook for ..........................................................................................................................................................
HSP 669
Input ......................................................................................................................................................... 669
Pump Speed Method ......................................................................................................................................... 672
Performing .........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 672
Param eters .......................................................................................................................................................... 675
VLP Matching
.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 675
Pipeline Matching
.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 677
Correlation Thresholds
.......................................................................................................................................................... 679
Correlation Sum
..........................................................................................................................................................
m ary 680
12 Calculation
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 681
Inflow (IPR) .......................................................................................................................................................... 682
IPR Cases......................................................................................................................................................... 686
IPR Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 688
IPR test data entry ......................................................................................................................................... 690
System (IPR ..........................................................................................................................................................
+ VLP) 691
Generate.........................................................................................................................................................
Rates 697
System Cases
......................................................................................................................................................... 698
System Plot
......................................................................................................................................................... 701
IPR test data entry ......................................................................................................................................... 705
Old System Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 706
Old System Plot .........................................................................................................................................
- Variable Selection 707
 Contents X

Old System Wellhead .........................................................................................................................................

Plot 707
Old Plot Details ......................................................................................................................................... 709
Gradient (Traverse)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 709
Barnea Critera
......................................................................................................................................................... 715
Slugging Methods
......................................................................................................................................................... 716
Gradient -.........................................................................................................................................................
Cases 719
Gradient -.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 720
Gradient Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 722
Layout ......................................................................................................................................................... 723
Gas Gradient ......................................................................................................................................................... 726
Old Gradient .........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 727
Select Variables......................................................................................................................................... 728
VLP (Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
Curve) 730
VLP Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 731
VLP cases ......................................................................................................................................... 737
VLP Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 738
VLP Export ......................................................................................................................................... 739
VLP Recommended .........................................................................................................................................
Variables 740
Lift Curve Formats ......................................................................................................................................... 741
Lift Curve Variable ...................................................................................................................................
Filter 746
Old VLP Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 747
Variable Selection ................................................................................................................................... 749
Plot Details ................................................................................................................................... 750
Note on HSP ......................................................................................................................................................... 750
Choke Perform ..........................................................................................................................................................
ance 751
Elf or Petroleum
.........................................................................................................................................................
Experts Method 754
Hydro Choke .........................................................................................................................................................
Model 755
Venturi Choke.........................................................................................................................................................
Model 758
Modified Sachdeva
.........................................................................................................................................................
Choke Model 760
Valve Perform ..........................................................................................................................................................
ance 762
ESP Perform..........................................................................................................................................................
ance 769
Flow Assurance .......................................................................................................................................................... 771
Flow Regime .........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 773
Slugcatcher .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculator 775
Erosion ......................................................................................................................................................... 784
CO2 Corrosion......................................................................................................................................................... 791
Flow Assurance
.........................................................................................................................................................
Plots 795
Severe Slugging
......................................................................................................................................................... 797
Pots Severe Slugging .........................................................................................................................................
Number 797
PE5 Stability Criteria ......................................................................................................................................... 799
Generate for..........................................................................................................................................................
GAP 801
BHP from WHP .......................................................................................................................................................... 803
User Guide ......................................................................................................................................................... 803
Input Screen ......................................................................................................................................................... 805
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 807
Select X Axis......................................................................................................................................................... 807
Sensitivity .......................................................................................................................................................... 808
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Variables - Selection 808
Node Selection
......................................................................................................................................................... 809
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Combinations 810
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 811
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot - Variables Selection 813
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
PvD 814
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
PvD Calculation 814

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XI PROSPER

Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
PvD Plot 815
Old Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pvd Plot 817
Graphical Utilities
.......................................................................................................................................................... 818
Reset Results .......................................................................................................................................................... 823
Calculation Options
.......................................................................................................................................................... 824
Target GOR -..........................................................................................................................................................
Results 834
Note on Enthalpy
..........................................................................................................................................................
Balance Model 838
13 Design
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 839
GasLift (Continuous)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 839
Menu Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 839
New Well......................................................................................................................................................... 840
Calculation - user .........................................................................................................................................
entered rate 851
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 852
Results - Change .........................................................................................................................................
Valve Details 856
Results - Stability ......................................................................................................................................... 857
Results - Design.........................................................................................................................................
Plot 860
Performance Curve .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 861
Existing Mandrels
......................................................................................................................................................... 862
Enter mandrel depths ......................................................................................................................................... 871
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 873
Results - Design.........................................................................................................................................
Plot 876
Results - Change .........................................................................................................................................
Valve Details 878
Design Sensitivity
......................................................................................................................................................... 878
Calculation Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 878
Gaslift Cases ......................................................................................................................................... 880
Gaslift Adjustments
......................................................................................................................................................... 881
GasLift Adjustments ......................................................................................................................................... 881
Performance Curves .........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 884
Flow ing Results......................................................................................................................................... 885
Gradient Results.........................................................................................................................................
Screen 886
Mandrel Data ......................................................................................................................................... 887
Static Gradient Calculations
......................................................................................................................................... 888
Static Gradient Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
Results 890
GasLift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Performance 891
Performance Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 893
Valve Performance ...................................................................................................................................
Clearinghouse Correlation 893
API Simplified Correleation
................................................................................................................................... 894
API 11V2 RP ................................................................................................................................... 894
Static Force Balance ...................................................................................................................................
Equation 895
Flow Coefficient ...................................................................................................................................
Equation 895
Thornhill/Craver...................................................................................................................................
Correlation 896
Winkler/Eads Correlation................................................................................................................................... 896
VPC Limited Correlation ................................................................................................................................... 897
Bertovic Correlation ................................................................................................................................... 897
Valve Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Clearinghouse (VPC) 898
GasLift Equilibrium
.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 898
Transient.........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift Simulator 901
Description of Unloading
.........................................................................................................................................
Process 901
Models for GasLift .........................................................................................................................................
Unloading 904
Models for Heat.........................................................................................................................................
Transfer during GasLift Unloading 905
GasLift Simulator .........................................................................................................................................
Menu 905
Summary ................................................................................................................................... 909
Plot ................................................................................................................................... 910
Detail ................................................................................................................................... 911
 Contents XII

Compare ................................................................................................................................... 912

PlayBack ................................................................................................................................... 913
Notes on .........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 914
Gas Lift Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Curve 914
Unloading w ith Gas .........................................................................................................................................
Lift 917
Spacing Procedure ...................................................................................................................................
for Casing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER 918
Spacing Procedure ...................................................................................................................................
for Tubing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER 919
Valves ................................................................................................................................... 919
Unloading w ith ...................................................................................................................................
Valves 921
Sizing the Valves ................................................................................................................................... 923
Use IPR for Unloading ................................................................................................................................... 927
Check Rate Conformance ...................................................................................................................................
w ith IPR 928
Proportional Valves ......................................................................................................................................... 929
Electrical Subm ..........................................................................................................................................................
ersible Pum p 932
Design ......................................................................................................................................................... 932
ESP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation 936
ESP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation Sensitivity Plot - Test Data 939
ESP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Select Equipment 939
Checking .........................................................................................................................................................
the Pump Design 942
Hydraulic Drive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Dow nhole Pum p 943
Design ......................................................................................................................................................... 943
HSP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculate 947
HSP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Select Equipment 949
Checking .........................................................................................................................................................
the Pump/Turbine Design 950
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pum p 952
PCP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 952
PCP Database.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Plot 957
PCP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 957
PCP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Select Equipment 959
Coiled Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift 961
Design Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 961
Design Calculations
.........................................................................................................................................................
- Automatic Rate 963
Design Calculations
.........................................................................................................................................................
- User Entered Rate 965
Jet Pum p .......................................................................................................................................................... 966
Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Theory 967
Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Design 969
Sucker Rod Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
p 972
Background ......................................................................................................................................................... 973
Perform Design
......................................................................................................................................................... 977
Estimate Pump
.........................................................................................................................................................
Intake Pressure 980
Rod Sensitivity
......................................................................................................................................................... 980
GasLift Interm ..........................................................................................................................................................
ittent 981
Intermittent.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design Theory 981
Intermittent.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 984
Valve Spacing
......................................................................................................................................................... 986
Artificial Lift ..........................................................................................................................................................
Database 988
Database.........................................................................................................................................................
Toolbar 990
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................................
Database Disclaimer 991
Gas Lift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Database 991
Adding a New Valve ......................................................................................................................................... 992
Import ......................................................................................................................................... 995
ESP Database......................................................................................................................................................... 996
Pumps Database......................................................................................................................................... 996
ESP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 999

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XIII PROSPER

ESP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................

Plot - Select Y Axis 1002
ESP Pump Plot................................................................................................................................... 1002
Motors Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1003
ESP Motors Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Enter Horsepow er 1006
ESP Motors Database ...................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 1006
ESP Motors Database ...................................................................................................................................
Plot - Select Y Axis 1009
Cables Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1010
ESP Cable Database ...................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 1011
HSP Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 1012
Pump Database......................................................................................................................................... 1012
HSP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 1015
HSP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................
Plot - Select Y Axis 1016
Turbine Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1016
HSP Turbines ...................................................................................................................................
Database Add/Amend Record 1018
HSP Turbines ...................................................................................................................................
Database Add/Amend Blade Record 1020
HSP Turbines ...................................................................................................................................
Database Fit Curve 1021
HSP Turbines ...................................................................................................................................
Database Plot - Select Y Axis 1022
PCP Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 1022
PCP Pumps Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1022
PCP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Add/Amend Record 1024
PCP Rods Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1029
PCP Rods Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Add/Amend Record 1030
PCP Motors Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1032
PCP Motors Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Add/Amend Record 1033
PCP Cables Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1033
PCP Cables Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Add/Amend Record 1034
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................................
Database 1035
Jet Pump Database .........................................................................................................................................
-Add/Amend Record 1036
MultiPhase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database 1037
Pump Database......................................................................................................................................... 1037
Pump Database.........................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 1038
Pump Database.........................................................................................................................................
- Pump Plot 1039
Sucker Rod
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump 1040
Pump database......................................................................................................................................... 1040
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump 1041
Sucker Rods Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1045
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod 1046
14 Stimulation
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1046
Hydraulic Fracturing
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1047
Model Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 1047
Model Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 1052
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 1052
Detailed Results ......................................................................................................................................... 1058
Acid Fracturing
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1062
Model Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 1063
Model Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 1069
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 1069
Detailed Results ......................................................................................................................................... 1074
Mud Acid Stim
..........................................................................................................................................................
ulation of Sandstones 1078
Model Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 1079
Model Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 1083
Acid Stim ulation
..........................................................................................................................................................
of Carbonates 1087
Model Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 1088
Model Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 1091
 Contents XIV

15 Output
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1094
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 1095
Export - .........................................................................................................................................................
Printer Options 1096
Report .......................................................................................................................................................... 1098
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reporting System 1098
Reports ......................................................................................................................................................... 1099
Plot .......................................................................................................................................................... 1113
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
Plotting Method 1114
New Plot.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen 1115
Plotting Variables
......................................................................................................................................................... 1120
Saving and.........................................................................................................................................................
Recalling Plots 1124
Old Plot Menu
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1127
Plot Annotation......................................................................................................................................... 1128
Plot Options ......................................................................................................................................... 1130
Plot Scales ......................................................................................................................................... 1131
Plot Labels ......................................................................................................................................... 1132
Plot Output ......................................................................................................................................... 1133
Plot Colours ......................................................................................................................................... 1133
Plot Hard Copy.........................................................................................................................................
- Printer Options 1134
16 Units
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1135
Units Sum m..........................................................................................................................................................
ary 1136
Unit System..........................................................................................................................................................
s 1137
Changing Unit..........................................................................................................................................................
System s for som e Variables 1138
Changing the ..........................................................................................................................................................
Units 1139
Validation Lim
..........................................................................................................................................................
its 1141
Units Details.......................................................................................................................................................... 1141
Units Reset.......................................................................................................................................................... 1142
17 Wizard
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1142
Running the..........................................................................................................................................................
Wizard 1143
Creating/Editing
..........................................................................................................................................................
a Wizard 1143
Notes of.........................................................................................................................................................
OS strings 1144
Wizard examples
......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
Wizards Script
..........................................................................................................................................................
Copy 1145
18 Help...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1145
Contents .......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
Index .......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
Search .......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
What's New.......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
Exam ples .......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Definitions & ..........................................................................................................................................................
References 1146
Glossary .......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Manual .......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Flow Correlation
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
OpenServer.......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Commands ......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Variables ......................................................................................................................................................... 1148
Functions ......................................................................................................................................................... 1149
Keyboard .......................................................................................................................................................... 1150
Window .........................................................................................................................................................
s Basics 1150
Keyboard Usage ......................................................................................................................................... 1154
Choosing and Selecting.........................................................................................................................................
Items 1155
Cursor Movement .........................................................................................................................................
Keys 1156
Editing Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1156
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
XV PROSPER

Help Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1157

Text Selection .........................................................................................................................................
Keys 1157
Dialog Box Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1158
Menu Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1159
System Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1159
About Prosper
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1159
Web Hom e Page
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1160
Web User Area
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1160
Technical Support
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1160
19 Appendix
................................................................................................................................... 1160
A - References.......................................................................................................................................................... 1161
PVT Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 1161
CO2 Injection ......................................................................................................................................... 1162
PVT Separator.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure 1163
IPR Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 1165
Stimulation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 1166
Multiphase.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Calculations 1167
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 1168
Artificial.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Design 1169
B - Equations .......................................................................................................................................................... 1169
Black Oil.........................................................................................................................................................
Model for Condensate 1169
Mass Balance .........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 1170
Using the mass.........................................................................................................................................
balance results to define Condensate Model 1173
Estimation of CGRmin ......................................................................................................................................... 1175
Multiphase.........................................................................................................................................................
Pseudo Pressure 1176
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Models 1178
Rough Approximation .........................................................................................................................................
Temperature Model 1178
Overall Heat Transfer ...................................................................................................................................
Coefficient 1180
Enthalpy Balance ......................................................................................................................................... 1181
Default Thermal ...................................................................................................................................
Properties Database 1187
Steam Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 1188
Choke Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 1190
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 1191
Pressure Drop.........................................................................................................................................
Across Sand Control 1195
Gravel Pack ................................................................................................................................... 1195
Pre-Packed Screen ................................................................................................................................... 1196
Wire-Wrapped...................................................................................................................................
Screen 1198
Slotted Liner ................................................................................................................................... 1199
Multi-Phase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations 1203
Multiphase Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Fundamentals 1207
Single-Phase Energy ...................................................................................................................................
Balance Equation 1207
Multi-Phase Energy ...................................................................................................................................
Balance Equation 1208
Multi-Phase Flow ................................................................................................................................... 1209
Flow Regimes................................................................................................................................... 1211
PVT ................................................................................................................................... 1212
Historical Development......................................................................................................................................... 1213
VLP Flow Correlations ......................................................................................................................................... 1214
Hagedorn Brow ...................................................................................................................................
n 1214
Duns and Ros................................................................................................................................... 1217
Gray ................................................................................................................................... 1221
Aziz Govier and ...................................................................................................................................
Fogarisi 1222
Beggs and Brill ................................................................................................................................... 1224
Orkisew ski ................................................................................................................................... 1225
Pipeline Correlations ......................................................................................................................................... 1228
 Contents XVI

Dukler ................................................................................................................................... 1228

Dukler Flanigan ................................................................................................................................... 1229
C - Dietz Shape
..........................................................................................................................................................
Factors 1229
D - File Form..........................................................................................................................................................
ats 1231
Introduction
......................................................................................................................................................... 1231
External.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Tables 1231
Lift Curves
......................................................................................................................................................... 1233
IPR ......................................................................................................................................................... 1234
ESP PUMPS......................................................................................................................................................... 1235
ESP MOTORS
......................................................................................................................................................... 1236
ESP CABLES
......................................................................................................................................................... 1238
HSP PUMPS......................................................................................................................................................... 1238
HSP TURBINES
......................................................................................................................................................... 1239
E - Glossary.......................................................................................................................................................... 1240
GOR Definitions
......................................................................................................................................................... 1248
Turner Velocity
......................................................................................................................................................... 1249
Pump Wear.........................................................................................................................................................
Factor 1249
AOF ......................................................................................................................................................... 1250
VLP ......................................................................................................................................................... 1250
IPR ......................................................................................................................................................... 1250
F - Im porting..........................................................................................................................................................
Data from Text Files 1251
G - Reservoir ..........................................................................................................................................................
Thickness 1255
20 Contact
...................................................................................................................................
Petroleum Experts 1256
Technical Support
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1256
Contact .........................................................................................................................................................
Technical Teams in Edinburgh and Houston 1256
Technical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Support via the Web 1257
IPM User Manuals
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Worked Exam ples 1262
User Group..........................................................................................................................................................
Meeting 1263

Chapter 3 Examples Guide 1265

1 Introduction
...................................................................................................................................
to Tutorials in PROSPER 1269
Advise on Input
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1270
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1270
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1271
Well Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1271
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1272
2 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
00 - Integrated Oil Well Model 1274
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1274
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1274
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1275
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1275
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1275
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1276
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1276
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1277
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1277
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1278
Average Heat Capacity.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1278
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1279
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1279
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1280
Test Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1280
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1281
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
XVII PROSPER

Setting Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 1281
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1282
PVT Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1283
Matching the Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 1284
Selecting the Correlation
......................................................................................................................................... 1290
Specifying
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1291
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1293
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1294
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1295
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1296
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1297
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1298
Equipment Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 1298
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1301
Entering Data for .........................................................................................................................................
Skin Models 1301
Entering Data for .........................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1303
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1305
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1306
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1307
VLP Quality Check ......................................................................................................................................... 1310
Correlation Comparison
......................................................................................................................................... 1315
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1320
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1321
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1324
Water Cut.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivity 1326
Setting Variables ......................................................................................................................................... 1326
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1329
3 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
01 - Basic Oil Well Model 1334
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1334
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1334
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1334
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1335
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1335
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1335
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1336
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1336
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1336
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1337
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1337
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1338
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1338
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 1338
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1339
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1340
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1342
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1343
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1344
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1345
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1346
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1346
Equipment Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 1347
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1348
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1351
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1352
 Contents XVIII

Running a System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1353
4 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
02 - Basic Gas Well Model 1355
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1355
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1355
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1355
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1356
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1356
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1356
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1357
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1357
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1358
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1358
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1359
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1359
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1360
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1360
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1362
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1364
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1365
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1366
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1367
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1368
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1368
Equipment Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 1369
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1371
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1374
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1375
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1376
5 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
03a - Water Injection Model 1378
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1378
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1378
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1378
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1379
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1379
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1379
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1380
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1381
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1381
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1383
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1383
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1384
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1385
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1386
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1387
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1388
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1388
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1389
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1390
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1391
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1393
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1394

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XIX PROSPER

Running a System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1395
6 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
03b - Basic Water Injection Model 1398
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1398
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1398
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1398
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1399
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1399
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1399
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1399
Deviation Survey_2 ......................................................................................................................................... 1399
Dow nhole Equipment_2 ......................................................................................................................................... 1400
Geothermal Gradient_2 ......................................................................................................................................... 1400
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1401
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1402
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1402
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1402
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1403
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1404
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1404
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1405
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1405
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1406
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1407
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1408
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1410
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1411
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation_3 1411
7 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
04 - Basic Gas Injection Model 1413
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1413
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1413
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1413
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1414
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1414
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1414
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1415
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1415
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1415
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1416
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1417
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1417
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1417
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1418
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1419
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1421
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1422
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1423
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1424
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1425
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1426
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1427
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1429
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1430
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1431
 Contents XX

8 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
05 - Matching PVT of an Oil 1433
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1433
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1433
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1434
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1434
PVT Match .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1434
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1434
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
Match Data 1434
Matching.........................................................................................................................................................
the Correlations 1435
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Correlation 1442
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1443
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1443
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1444
9 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
06 - Matching PVT of a Gas 1446
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1446
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1446
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1447
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1447
PVT Match .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1447
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1447
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
Match Data 1447
Matching.........................................................................................................................................................
the Correlations 1448
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Correlation 1453
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1453
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1454
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1454
10 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
07 - Adding a Surface Pipeline 1457
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1457
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1457
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1458
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1458
Pipeline Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1458
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1459
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
Pipeline Data 1459
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1460
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1460
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1462
11 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
08 - The Darcy IPR Model 1466
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1466
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1466
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1467
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1467
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1467
Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Study Data 1468
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1468
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Darcy Model 1468
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1469
Performing.........................................................................................................................................................
a Sensitivity Study 1471
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1474
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1474
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1475
12 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
09 - The SPOT IPR Model 1477

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXI PROSPER

Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................

the Problem 1477
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1477
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1478
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1478
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1478
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1481
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the SPOT Model 1481
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1482
SPOT Options ......................................................................................................................................... 1482
SPOT Layers ......................................................................................................................................... 1483
SPOT Log Data......................................................................................................................................... 1488
SPOT Completion ......................................................................................................................................... 1490
View ing.........................................................................................................................................................
SPOT Skin Results 1491
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1493
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1494
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1494
13 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
10 - Horizontal Well IPR Model 1497
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1497
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1497
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1498
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1498
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1498
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1499
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Horizontal Well Model 1499
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1500
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1501
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1501
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1502
14 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
11 - Multilayer Well IPR Model 1504
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1504
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1505
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1505
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1505
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1505
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1506
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Multilayer Model 1507
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1507
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1513
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1514
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1514
15 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
12 - Multilateral Well IPR 1517
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1517
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1518
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1518
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1518
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1519
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1522
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 1522
Multilateral
.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Model 1522
Building the Multilateral
.........................................................................................................................................
Netw ork 1524
Adding the Tie-Point ................................................................................................................................... 1525
Adding the Junction ................................................................................................................................... 1526
Adding the Completions................................................................................................................................... 1526
 Contents XXII

Adding the Reservoir

................................................................................................................................... 1527
Adding the Links ................................................................................................................................... 1528
Inputting Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1528
T1 Input ................................................................................................................................... 1529
Joint 1 Input ................................................................................................................................... 1531
Branch 1 Input................................................................................................................................... 1531
Branch 2 Input................................................................................................................................... 1534
Reservoir Input ................................................................................................................................... 1536
View ing the Well
......................................................................................................................................... 1537
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
IPR 1538
Single Pressure ...................................................................................................................................
Point 1538
IPR Curve ................................................................................................................................... 1542
16 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
13 - Modelling Skin 1545
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1545
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1546
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1546
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1546
Completion.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1546
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1547
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Skin Models 1547
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
Skin Data 1548
View ing.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculated Skin 1549
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1552
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1552
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1552
17 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
14 - Modelling a Gravel Pack 1555
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1555
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1556
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1556
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1556
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1556
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1556
Saving a.........................................................................................................................................................
Previous Plot 1557
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1558
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1559
Plotting Saved
.........................................................................................................................................................
Streams 1560
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1563
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1563
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1563
18 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
15 - Modelling a Frac and Pack Well 1566
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1566
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1567
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1567
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1567
Fracture.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1567
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1568
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1568
Setting up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1568
IPR Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1569
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1571
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1572
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1572
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1573

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXIII PROSPER

19 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
16 - Modelling a Wire-wrapped Screen 1575
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1575
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1575
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1576
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1576
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1576
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1576
Setting up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1576
Wire-w rapped
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Input Data 1577
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1579
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1579
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1580
20 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
17 - Modelling a Pre-Packed Screen 1582
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1582
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1582
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1583
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1583
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1583
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1583
Setting up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1584
Pre-Packed
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Input Data 1585
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1586
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1587
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1587
21 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
18 - Modelling a Slotted Liner 1590
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1590
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1590
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1591
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1591
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1591
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1591
Setting up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1592
Slotted Liner
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1593
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1595
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1595
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1595
22 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
19 - Matching an Oil Well Test 1598
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1598
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1599
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1599
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1599
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1599
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1600
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1600
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1601
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1602
VLP Quality Check ......................................................................................................................................... 1604
Correlation Comparison......................................................................................................................................... 1609
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1613
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1615
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1617
Water Cut
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivity 1620
Setting Variables ......................................................................................................................................... 1621
 Contents XXIV

System Calculation
......................................................................................................................................... 1623
23 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
20 - Matching a Gas Well Test 1627
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1627
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1628
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1628
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1628
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1628
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1629
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1629
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1630
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1630
Correlation Comparison......................................................................................................................................... 1632
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1637
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1639
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1641
WGR Sensitivity
......................................................................................................................................................... 1643
Setting Variables ......................................................................................................................................... 1643
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1645
24 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
21 - Matching a Water Injection Well Test 1648
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1648
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1648
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1649
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1649
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1649
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1650
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1650
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1651
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1652
Correlation Comparison......................................................................................................................................... 1655
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1660
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1662
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1664
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables 1666
VLP Input Data......................................................................................................................................... 1666
Calculating and.........................................................................................................................................
Exporting VLPs 1670
25 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
22 - Matching a Gas Injection Well Test 1675
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1675
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1675
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1676
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1676
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1676
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1677
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1677
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1678
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1679
Correlation Comparison......................................................................................................................................... 1681
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1686
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1688
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1691
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables 1693
VLP Input Data......................................................................................................................................... 1693
Calculating and.........................................................................................................................................
Exporting VLPs 1699
26 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
23 - Designing a Continuous Gas Lift System 1703
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
XXV PROSPER

Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................

the Problem 1703
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1703
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1704
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1704
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1704
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1705
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1705
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria 1705
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1707
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option 1707
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1707
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1708
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System 1709
Entering the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1710
Finding the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Rate 1712
Designing the Valve .........................................................................................................................................
Depths 1712
Results of Gas.........................................................................................................................................
Lift Design 1715
Checking the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Stability 1716
Transient.........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift Simulator 1717
Valves ......................................................................................................................................... 1718
Results Analysis ......................................................................................................................................... 1719
PlayBack ......................................................................................................................................... 1722
Summary & Compare ......................................................................................................................................... 1725
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 1727
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1730
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1730
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1732
27 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
24 - Modelling an Intermitent Gas Lifted Well 1735
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1735
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1735
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1736
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1736
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1736
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1736
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1736
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria 1737
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1738
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option 1738
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1738
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Dow nhole Equipment 1740
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System 1740
Constant Surface .........................................................................................................................................
Closing Pressure Method 1741
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Rate from an Intermittent Gas Lifted Well 1742
28 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
25 - Designing a Coiled Tubing Gas Lift System 1745
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1745
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1745
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1746
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1746
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1746
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1747
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria 1747
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1748
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option 1748
 Contents XXVI

Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1749
Designing
.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System 1750
Entering the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1751
Finding the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Rate 1752
Designing the Valve .........................................................................................................................................
Depths 1753
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 1755
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1756
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1756
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1758
29 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
26 - Designing an ESP Lifted System 1760
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1760
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1760
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1761
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1761
ESP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 1761
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1761
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1762
ESP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1762
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1763
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Option 1763
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1763
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1764
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
an ESP lifted System 1766
ESP Calculation......................................................................................................................................... 1767
ESP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1768
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
ESP to Model 1770
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1771
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1772
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1773
Notes on.........................................................................................................................................................
system plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted w ells 1777
30 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
27 - Designing an HSP Lifted System 1779
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1780
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1780
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1780
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1781
HSP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 1781
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1781
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1782
HSP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1782
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1782
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
HSP Option 1783
Pow er Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................................
Properties 1783
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1784
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1785
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
an HSP lifted System 1787
HSP Calculation......................................................................................................................................... 1788
HSP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1789
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
HSP to Model 1793
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1793
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1794
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1795
31 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
28 - Designing a Sucker Rod Pump System 1798
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1798

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXVII PROSPER

Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1798

General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1798
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1799
SRP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 1799
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1799
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1799
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1799
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1800
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1800
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1800
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1801
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1801
SRP Design.........................................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1802
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1802
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 1803
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
the PVT 1803
Inserting Match.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1804
Matching the Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 1805
Selecting the Correlation
......................................................................................................................................... 1806
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1807
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1809
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1809
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1810
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1811
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1812
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1813
Designing .........................................................................................................................................................
A Sucker Rod Pump System 1816
Rod Sensitivity......................................................................................................................................... 1817
32 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
29 - Designing a PCP Lifted System 1821
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1821
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1821
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1821
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1822
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1822
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1822
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1823
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1823
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1824
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1824
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1824
PCP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 1825
PCP Design.........................................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1825
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1826
Activating.........................................................................................................................................................
PCP option 1826
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1827
PVT Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1828
Matching the Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 1830
Selecting the Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 1836
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1838
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1840
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1840
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1841
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1842
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1843
 Contents XXVIII

Guage Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1844

Equipment Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 1844
Entering.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1847
Designing
.........................................................................................................................................................
a PCP Lifted System 1847
PCP Calculation......................................................................................................................................... 1848
PCP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1850
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
PCP to Model 1853
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1853
Inserting Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1854
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1855
33 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
30 - Modelling Diluent Injection with Gas Lift 1858
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1858
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1858
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1859
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1859
Artifical .........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Options 1859
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1859
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1859
Completion.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1860
Diluent Injection
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1860
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1861
Activating.........................................................................................................................................................
Diluent Injection Option 1861
Define PVT.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1861
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1862
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1863
Define the.........................................................................................................................................................
Injection Data 1864
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1865
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1865
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1867
34 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
31 - Modelling a Surface Multiphase Pump 1870
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1870
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1870
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1871
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1871
Artifical .........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Options 1871
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1871
Pipeline Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1871
Pump Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1872
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1873
Activating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Multiphase Pump Option 1873
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Surface Pipeline 1874
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1875
Define Pump
.........................................................................................................................................................
Details 1876
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1877
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1877
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1879
35 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
32 - Designing a Jet Pump Lifted System 1882
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1882
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1883
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1883
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1883
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1883
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1884

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXIX PROSPER

IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1884
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria 1884
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1885
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump Option 1885
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Pow er Fluid 1886
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1886
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1887
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
a Jet Pump lifted System 1889
Jet Pump Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1891
Jet Pump Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1892
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump to Model 1894
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1895
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1895
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1897
36 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
33a - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well 1901
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1901
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1901
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1902
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1902
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1902
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1903
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted Well w ith Quicklook 1903
Inserting Test Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1903
Calculate Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 1906
Finding the Injection .........................................................................................................................................
Depth 1907
Finding Valve Performance
......................................................................................................................................... 1908
Analysing the From .........................................................................................................................................
Static BHP Gradient 1910
37 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
33b - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well - Multipoint Quicklook 1916
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1916
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1916
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1917
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1917
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1917
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1918
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted Well w ith Quicklook 1918
Inserting Test Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1918
Calculate Quicklook ...................................................................................................................................
Plot 1920
Inserting Test Data .........................................................................................................................................
Into Multipoint Quicklook 1921
Calculate MultiPoint .........................................................................................................................................
Quicklook Plot 1923
Analyses Top Dow .........................................................................................................................................
n Curve 1924
Analyse the BHP ......................................................................................................................................... 1926
Update the IPR......................................................................................................................................... 1931
38 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
34 - Troubleshooting an ESP Well 1932
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1933
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1933
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1933
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1933
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1934
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1934
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................................
an ESP Well w ith Quicklook 1934
Inputting Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1935
Calculate Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 1936
Analysing the Fixed .........................................................................................................................................
Top Node Pressure Gradient 1936
 Contents XXX

Analysing the From

.........................................................................................................................................
Static BHP Gradient 1940
Updating the Model
......................................................................................................................................... 1946
39 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
35 - Troubleshooting an HSP Well 1950
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1950
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1950
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1951
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1951
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1951
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1952
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................................
an HSP Well w ith Quicklook 1952
Inputting Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1952
Calculate Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 1953
Analysing the Fixed .........................................................................................................................................
Top Node Pressure Gradient 1954
Analysing the From .........................................................................................................................................
Static BHP Gradient 1958
Updating the Model ......................................................................................................................................... 1963
40 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
36 - Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well 1967
Dynam om eter
..........................................................................................................................................................
Card Analysis 1967
41 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
37 - Modelling a Fully Compositional Retrograde Condensate Well 1969
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1969
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1969
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1969
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1970
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1970
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1970
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1971
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1971
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1971
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1972
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1972
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1973
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1973
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1976
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1979
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1980
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1981
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1981
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1982
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1983
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1983
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1984
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1986
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1987
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1988
42 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
38 - Validation of the Black Oil Retrograde Condensate PVT Model 1991
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1991
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1992
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1992
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1992
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1992
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1993
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1994
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Gradient w ith EoS PVT 1994
Saving the Plot.........................................................................................................................................
Results 1996
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
XXXI PROSPER

Extracting
.........................................................................................................................................................
the PVT Data 1997
Changing .........................................................................................................................................................
the Model Set Up 2000
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2000
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Gradient w ith BO PVT 2001
Recalling Saved .........................................................................................................................................
Results 2004
43 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
39 - Modelling a Fully Compositional CO2 Well 2009
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2009
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2009
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2010
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 2010
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2010
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2010
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2011
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2011
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2011
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2012
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2012
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2013
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 2014
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2017
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2018
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2020
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2021
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2021
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2022
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 2023
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 2024
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2026
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2027
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2027
44 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
40 - Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model Example 2030
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2030
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2031
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2031
Available Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 2032
Basic Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2032
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2032
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2032
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2032
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2033
Drilling and Completion.........................................................................................................................................
Data 2033
Lithology Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2034
Gauge Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2035
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2035
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2035
Specifying .........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2036
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2038
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2038
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2039
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2040
Drilling and Completion.........................................................................................................................................
Data 2040
Lithology Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2041
Databases ......................................................................................................................................... 2042
 Contents XXXII

Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 2042

Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2043
Inserting Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2043
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2044
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Equivalent U Values 2045
45 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
41 - Improved Approximation Temperature Model Example 2048
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2048
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2049
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2049
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2049
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 2050
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2050
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2050
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2050
Setting Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2051
Specifying
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2051
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2052
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2053
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2053
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2054
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables 2055
VLP Input Data......................................................................................................................................... 2056
Calculating and.........................................................................................................................................
Exporting VLPs 2059
46 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
42 - Modelling a Steam Injection Well 2063
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2063
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2064
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2064
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2064
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 2064
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2065
Setting Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2065
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Saturation Temperature 2066
Specifying
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2072
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2072
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gradient Calculation 2073
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2073
Running a Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2075
47 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
43 - General Flow Assurance Features 2080
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2080
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2080
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2081
Available Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 2081
Test Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2082
Water Salinity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2082
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2082
Instability.........................................................................................................................................................
and Liquid Loading 2082
Unstable VLP Curves ......................................................................................................................................... 2083
Theory ................................................................................................................................... 2083
Using the VLP...................................................................................................................................
Curve for Flow Assurance 2084
Turner Velocity......................................................................................................................................... 2086
Theory ................................................................................................................................... 2086
Using the Turner ...................................................................................................................................
Velocity for Flow Assurance 2086
Predicting Instability .........................................................................................................................................
using Petroleum Experts 5 2088

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXXIII PROSPER

Theory ................................................................................................................................... 2088

Using PE5 for ...................................................................................................................................
Flow Assurance 2088
Summary of Techniques ......................................................................................................................................... 2090
Hydrate .........................................................................................................................................................
Formation 2090
Setting Up the Model ......................................................................................................................................... 2091
Modelling the Impact .........................................................................................................................................
of Salts on Hydrate Curves 2092
Calculating Hydrate .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2100
Hydrate Flag in ...................................................................................................................................
VLP 2100
Hydrate Flag in ...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Calculation 2101
Erosional.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Limit 2103
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Erosional Velocity 2104
48 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
44 - Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids 2107
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2107
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2107
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2107
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 2108
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2108
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2108
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2109
Non-New tonian.........................................................................................................................................
Data 2109
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2109
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2109
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2110
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2110
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2111
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2111
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2111
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2111
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2112
Matching PVT ......................................................................................................................................... 2113
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2117
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2118
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2119
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2119
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2120
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 2120
Gauge Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2121
Pressure.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient w ith New tonian Fluid 2121
Inserting Input data ......................................................................................................................................... 2122
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure Gradient 2123
Saving the Plot......................................................................................................................................... 2123
Enabling.........................................................................................................................................................
the non-New tonian Model 2124
Pressure.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient w ith non-New tonian Fluid 2126
Inserting Input data ......................................................................................................................................... 2126
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure Gradient 2127
Comparing the .........................................................................................................................................
Plots 2128
49 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
45 - CBM Water Well 2132
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2132
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2132
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2132
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2133
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 2133
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2133
 Contents XXXIV

Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2133
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2133
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2134
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2134
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2135
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2135
ESP Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2136
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2136
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2137
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2137
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2138
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2139
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2139
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2140
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2140
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 2141
Gauge Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2141
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 2142
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Details 2144
Generating.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables 2145
VLP Input Data......................................................................................................................................... 2146
Calculating and.........................................................................................................................................
Exporting VLPs 2150
50 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
46 - Modelling Emulsions 2153
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2153
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2153
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2153
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 2154
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2154
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2154
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2154
Emulsion Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2155
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2155
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2155
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2156
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2156
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2157
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2157
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2157
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2157
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2158
Matching PVT ......................................................................................................................................... 2159
Adding Emulsion .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2162
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2166
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2167
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2167
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2168
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2168
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 2169
Gauge Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2170
Pressure.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient w ithout Emulsion 2170
Inserting Input data ......................................................................................................................................... 2171
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure Gradient 2172
Saving the Plot......................................................................................................................................... 2173
Enabling.........................................................................................................................................................
the Emulsion Model 2174

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXXV PROSPER

Pressure.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient w ith Emulsion Model 2174
Inserting Input data ......................................................................................................................................... 2174
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure Gradient 2176
Comparing the .........................................................................................................................................
Plots 2176
51 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
47 - Modelling a Gas Lifted Gas Well 2183
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2183
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2184
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2184
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 2184
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Options 2184
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2185
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2185
Activating.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option 2185
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 2186
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Gas Lift Data 2188
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2188
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2189
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2191
52 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
48 - Foam Lift 2194
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2194
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2194
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2195
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2195
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2196
Update the
.........................................................................................................................................................
Model 2196
Liquid Loading
......................................................................................................................................................... 2197
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Foam Lift Option 2200
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Microannulus 2200
Surfactant
......................................................................................................................................................... 2201
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2202
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2202
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2204
53 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
49 - Hydraulic Fracturing – stimulation tool 2208
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2208
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2208
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2209
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2209
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2210
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Current Well Performance 2211
Hydraulic.........................................................................................................................................................
Fracturing Scoping Study 2212
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Well Performance (after fracking) 2219
54 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
50 - Mud Acidization Stimulation of Sandstones - stimulation tool 2222
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2222
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2222
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2223
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2223
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2224
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Current Well Performance 2224
Mud Acid .........................................................................................................................................................
Stimulation of Sandstone Scoping Study 2226
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Well Performance (after acidization) 2230
 Contents XXXVI

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

Chapter

1
 Technical Overview 2

1 Technical Overview
This technical overview contains a summary list of the major technical capabilities of
PROSPER. The capabilities can be divided in the following disciplines:

Fluid modelling (PVT)

Inflow (IPR) and sand control options

Well bore and pipeline hydraulics (VLP)

Artificial lift options

Flow assurance and advanced thermal options

What's New

Examples Guide

1.1 Summary of Capabilities

# Functionality Comment

1 Fluid Descriptions for ‘Oil Depending upon the fluid type selected, only
and Water’, ‘Dry and Wet options relevant to the fluid type that is selected will
Gas’ and ‘Retrograde be available throughout the building of the model.
Condensate’. This ensures that users understand the data entry
required for any given options selected.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 3 PROSPER

2 PVT Handling for Black Oil For black oil descriptions, the following correlations
or Fully Compositional are available:
Models
Pb, Rs, Bo: Glaso, Standing, Lasater, Petrosky, Al
Mahroon, De Ghetto (Heavy Oil)

Viscosity: Beal, Beggs, Petrosky, Egbogah,

Bergman-Sutton, De Ghetto (Heavy Oil)

Gas viscosity: Lee, Carr

PROSPER includes a proprietary Black Oil model

for Condensates

For fully compositional; PR or SRK EoS

descriptions available, with or without Volume Shift.
When using EoS the viscosity can be modelled
using any of the black oil methods above or the
following models:

Lohrenz Bray Clark (LBC)

LBC with coefficients
Pedersen et al

3 Multiphase Flash with Water Water can be modelled within the EoS using a
multiphase flash with water. These models include:

Soreide and Whitson

Modified Cubic
CPA
SRK plus Huron Vidal
4 Accurate CO2 Modelling The density of CO2 has been corrected for use up
to 20,0000 psig when Peng Robinson is selected
and is able to reproduce measurements from NIST
database.

The thermal properties have also been adjusted to

give a much more accurate value over the pressure
and temperature range encountered in normal
application.

This results in more accurate well, surface and

reservoir modelling when CO2 is involved.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 4

5 Hydrates In PROSPER, there are two fluid options and

depending upon which is selected two options for
hydrates are possible:

Black Oil :

Hydrates maps can be brought in from an external

program such as PVTp to be used as a warning to
when hydrates may occur. This essentially involves
importing a pressure (P) and temperature (T) curve,
below which hydrates can occur and PROSPER
indicates this as a warning message/Flag.

EOS:

In fully compositional mode, hydrate calculations

can be performed based on the commercially
available Hydrafact modified cubic and CPA
models for hydrate prediction

6 Calculation of Water Vapour This option allows the water vaporised in gas to be
in Gas calculated. The model will also condense or
vaporise more water into/out of the gas as the
pressure and temperature within the system
changes.

7 Steam Enabled Steam tables have been added to PROSPER for

generating lift curves in situations where steam is
injected in the reservoir (SAGD, Huff and Puff etc)

8 Handling of Non-Newtonian PROSPER can model Newtonian and non-

Fluids Newtonian fluid types. In the latter case there are
specific models for shear thinning or thickening fluid
behaviour.

This makes it possible to handle fluids that

traditional viscosity models (Beal, Petrosky etc.)
have not been to address

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 5 PROSPER

9 Handling of Emulsions on PROSPER includes a range of models, as well as

Pressure Drops and ESP Hydraulic Institute data for ESP head, power and
Performance efficiency corrections. The user may also choose to
enter this data based on manufacturer’s
recommendations.

10 Ability to Derive Equivalent In black oil mode, PROSPER uses proprietary

Compositions from Black correlations that derive thermal properties for the
Oil Models black oil fluid. This unique feature allows advanced
temperature modelling to be possible, despite
having only a phase based understanding of the
fluid, and is unique within our industry.

11 Large number of Artificial Gas Lift

Lift Options
Continuous gas lift (Steady Stat & Transient)

Intermittent

Coil Tubing Gas lIft

Simultaneous Diluent and Gas Injection

Pumps

Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESPs)

Hydraulic Submersible Pumps (HSPs)

Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)

Simultaneous Diluent Injection with ESPs

Rod Pumps

Jet Pumps

MultiPhase Pumps

Other

Foam Lift

Diluent Injection

12 Up to Date Artificial Lift Vendors have provided a large number of pumps,

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 6

database motors and cables to PETEX and these have been

added to PROSPER. We are working very closely
with Centrilift for example, since PROSPER is being
used to complement Autograph in their own internal
workflows (design and troubleshooting)

Gas lift valves, Multiphase Pumps, Sucker Rod

Pumps, Sucker Rods, HSP and Jet Pumps.

13 Availability of Tubing, The user can choose the casing or tubing from the
Casing databases as well database and add the characteristics on the well
as pipe schedules equipment window. This ensures consistency with
manufacturer data when the model is being
constructed.

14 Flow Type for tubing, Flow regime map has been modified to take into
annular or both (tubing and account the effects of flowing through tubing or the
annular) annulus

15 Pressure Drop Models for Fancher-Brown and Duns & Ross Modified are
detecting minimum and being used as QC models since they provide the
maximum physically minimum and maximum physically possible
possible pressure in the well pressures in the wells.
(for troubleshooting test
down-hole gauge data)

16 Availability of Flow Models PROSPER contains a comprehensive suite of

that can predict well in all vertical lift performance (VLP) multiphase flow
flow regime areas performance correlations including liquid-up
correlations.

Propriety research over the last 25 years has

culminated in 6 unique pressure drop models
(empirical and mechanistic) that are fundamentally
rigorous and overcome the limitations of traditional
models available in literature. These models are
used to quality check measurements obtained in
the fluid, daily.

The Petroleum Experts models have been

designed to be able to calculate well in all flow
regimes, by combining the best features of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 7 PROSPER

traditional models (Hagedorn Brown, Duns & Ross,

Griffith-Wallis etc.) along with Prof. Thomas Gould’s
flow regime map.

17 Ability to perform pigging PROSPER is capable of predicting the onset of

calculations pipeline/well instability using the mechanistic PE5
model. When slugging manifests, the mechanistic
slugging model can be used to see the surge
volumes expected as a result of pigging operations,
and the likelihood of liquid carryover/carry under at
the surge vessel (thus checking the adequacy of
any slug catcher designed).

18 Slug/bubble size and Alongside the slugging/pigging calculations

frequency prediction models described in section 17 (above), the slug frequency
and slug swept volumes are also reported in
PROSPER.

This detection can be used in RESOLVE to trigger

a transient pipeline simulation to assess the
pressures that would manifest as a result of
slugging. This unique approach where the steady
state and transient simulation are run together, one
feeding the other is unique in our industry and
unavailable in any other suite of programs.

19 Pipeline Flow regime maps The Taitel Duckler flow regime map is widely
accepted and used by surface engineers, an das
such it is also displayed in PROSPER (i.e.
operating point of any pipeline in GAP, or gradient
calculation in PROSPER can be put onto this plot).

20 Correlation available that Petroleum Experts 3 includes specialised

has been specifically corrections for heavy oils and this has been tested
developed for heavy oils on fluids on fields like Captain (North Sea – 200cp)
all the way to fluids from Venezuela (3000 cp)

21 Advanced Mechanistic PETEX Models:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 8

Models available Petroleum Experts 4 and 5

Third Party Models:

OLGAS 2 and 3 phase (separate license)

Hydro 3 Phase

GRE Modified by PE

LEDAFLOW Point Model Model (separate

license).

22 Ability to detect instability Petroleum Experts 5 has been designed to show

through mechanistic models negative friction gradients when a well goes into a
region of instability, indicating that liquid is dropping
back down into the tubing.

23 Simple and Advanced PROSPER includes the Rough Approximation,

Temperature prediction Improved Approximation and Enthalpy Balance
models available for fluid models:
travelling in the well
The Rough Approximation model allows for
grouping all heat losses in the well into one U value
(heat transfer coefficient).

The Improved Approximation model solves the full

energy equation, with the heat transfer entered
through multiple U values.

Enthalpy Balance Model solves full energy equation

predicting temperature changes, including Joules-
Thomson effects, free and forced convection,
conduction and radiation based on full well
completion description. Model is also transient,
predicting temperature changes in the formation
temperature over time.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 9 PROSPER

24 Large Number of IPR The following IPR models have been added in
models available PROSPER allowing the users to choose model
depending on their data and objectives:

PI and Vogel
Composite
Darcy
Fetkovitch
Multi-rate Fetkovitch
Jones
Multi-rate Jones
Transient
Hydraulically fractured
Horizontal Well Models for upper boundary being
no flow or constant pressure:
o Kuchuk and Goode
o Babu and Odeh
o Goode and Wilkinson
Multilayer
Multilayer with DP Friction loss
Skin-Aide (from Elf)
Dual Porosity
Horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures
SPOT (Shell Perforation Optimization Tool)

Additional Gas IPRs:

Petroleum Experts Gas IPR (uses Pseudo

Pressure)Forchheimer (with and without Pseudo
Pressure)
Multi-rate Forchheimer (with Pseudo Pressure)
Back Pressure
C and n
Multi-rate C and n
Modified Isochronal

Injection wells:

Thermally Induced Fracture

25 Modelled fluid temperature IPR now includes the calculated bottom hole flowing
entering the wellbore temperature which is found from the Joules-
Thompson effect as the fluid travels through the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 10

formation.

26 Relative Permeability This is done by correcting the calculations of the

Correction on the IPR above models based on user defined relative
permeability curves.

27 Compaction correction on A correction factor can be applied to the

the IPR permeability of the reservoir due to compaction of
the formation as the reservoir pressure drops below
its initial value.

28 Multilateral model able to This is a unique to the IPM tools and is the most
predict interference advanced IPR model available.
between large number of
branches This unique model that many companies have taken
advantage of in studying the performance of
complex multilateral wells without the need to resort
to numerical simulation models.

29 Models able to predict The simple analytical models listed above require
perforation skin, including the user to enter the depth of penetration, which the
correction on Section 1 and API standard derived data will not predict correctly
Section 2 data of API (stress corrections from surface to down-hole
standard conditions not done)

Locke
MacLeod
Karakas and Tariq

One alternative is to use the SPOT (Shell

Perforation Optimization Tool) does these
corrections and has been found to be the most
advanced model currently available in a nodal
analysis package

30 Models predicting Partial Cinco - Martin Bronz (includes 2 models as

Penetration and deviation described in the literature)
skins
Wong - Clifford

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 11 PROSPER

31 Sand Control models There are four methods in PROSPER for sand
control:

Gravel Packs
Pre-Packed screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted Liner
32 Gas Coning Model A relationship between drawdown and GOR can be
inserted to include the effects of gas coning on the
producing fluid.

33 Ability to view erosional If calculated velocity is greater than calculated

velocities on VLPs erosional velocity at any point in the well a flag will
be raised at the given flow rate on the VLP curve.

34 Ability to view Turner criteria If calculated velocity is less than calculated Turner
on VLPs criteria at any point in the well a flag will be raised at
the given flow rate on the VLP curve.

35 Display of various The value of the different skin components and the
components of Skin on pressure drop associated with each skin can be
VLP/IPR plot plotted on the VLP/IPR plot to assist completion
optimisation.

36 Sensitivity calculations These include completely different tubing

descriptions, gas lift injection points, depth of
pumps etc.

37 Ability to sensitise on The SPOT functionality mentioned above allows for

Perforation Guns from a the impact of different guns to be evaluated on the
Gun Database same plot, allowing engineers to easily compare
guns from different vendors as to their effectiveness
in depth of penetration and ultimately recovery from
the formation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 12

38 Lift curve generation for The following formats are available:

simulation studies
PETEX - GAP/MBAL
Schlumberger - Eclipse
Landmark - VIP
Well Drill - Simco 3
SSI - Comp 3
SSI - Comp 4
ExxonMobil - Pegasus
FranLab - FRAGOR
FranLab - Athos
Landmark - VIP
Roxar - MORE
Shell - MoRes
BP – GCOMP
Chevron - CHEARS
ExxonMobil - EMPOWER
ConocoPhillips – PSIM
CMG - IMEX/GEM (old format)
CMG – IMEX/GEM (Release 2009.10)
Saudi Aramco - POWERS
39 Matching models to test To ensure that the pressure drops calculated in the
data well model are representative of the actual flowing
conditions in the well the VLP calculations can be
matched to well test data.

40 Troubleshooting ability for There are various artificial lift troubleshooting

artificially lifted systems options available in PROSPER, allowing for
investigation of the performance of gas lifted
systems, ESP wells, HSP wells, Rod pump wells
etc.

For a gas lifted well, Quicklook can be used as an

advanced troubleshooting feature, which allows
troubleshooting the depth of injection, including the
modelling of multi-pointing and problems with the
valves themselves for gas lift. Messages on the
screen are designed to warn the user for any
problems in the injection system based on test data
as shown above.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 13 PROSPER

For systems with pumps, it is possible to compare

the modelled inlet and outlet conditions to
measured data as well as match the dP using a
pump wear factor..

41 Design of Artificial Lift The following artificial lift methods can be designed
Systems and added to a model using PROSPER:

Gas Lift (continuous) – New Well

Gas Lift (continuous) – Existing Mandrels
Gas Lift (intermittent)
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Transient Gas lift simulator to QC the steady state
design
Electrical Submersible Pump
Progressive Cavity Pump
Sucker Rod Pump
Jet Pump
Hydraulic Pump

42 Artificial Lift for Gas and Gas Lift (continuous) is now available for gas and
Retrograde Condensate retrograde condensate wells.
Wells

43 Valve Response Valve response captured including the throttling

effects of the valve stem on the flow.
44 Flow Assurance IPM 10 contains a number of flow assurance
improvements that are available in PROSPER and
mirrored in GAP:

Erosions Calculator
Corrosion Calculator
Slug Catcher Sizing / Separator Stability
Pipeline / Wellbore Stability

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 14

45 Choke Performance The calculation of the pressure drop across the

wellhead can be calculated using more than one
model:

Petroleum Experts
Hydro Short
Hydro Long
ELF
Venturi
Modified Sachdeva

46 Transient Gas Lift Transient gas lift is a model that was introduced in
IPM 10: the inclusion of this is intended to
supplement and overcome the limitations of design
a transient phenomenon using a steady stat tool as
is the API method.

1.2 Fluid modelling options

PROSPER offers two fluid modelling options with the traditional "black oil" approach or a
"fully compositional" approach.

Black O il

PROSPER offers black oil models for:

dry and wet gas
oil and water (heavy oil, "black oil", volatile oils, ...)
retrograde condensate

For all types of fluids, the user can:

use existing black oil correlations
calibrate and validate lab measurements against black oil correlations
use PVT look-up tables over the expected operating pressure and temperature
conditions.

When using black oil models, hydrate curves can be imported from any other application
like PVTp, the thermodynamics package developed by Petroleum Experts. There is a
flag that can be activated whenever calculated operating conditions falls within the
hydrates formation region.

Fully Compositional

In addition to the black oil models, the two majors Equation Of State (EoS) models used
in the oil industry (Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong) are also implemented
in PROSPER allowing fully compositional modelling to be peformed. Fully compositional

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 15 PROSPER

models require a characterised composition to be imported into PROSPER from a

thermodynamic package such as PVTp. Multiphase flashing is available within IPM to
allow water to be modelled within the EoS using a number of different models.

Users can embed their own proprietary EoS models into PROSPER via Dynamic Link
Library and the format of the DLL can be provided at request.

Hydrate and wax calculations can be performed with compositional fluid models.
Hydrate calculations have been updated to include a comprehensive set of calculations
based on the Hydrafract modified cubic and CPA models. Calculations can be carried
out with a mixture of salts and/or a mixture of inhibitors such as DEG, TEG, Methanol
etc.

CO2 Modelling

When modelling CO2 wells with the fully compositional approach, the density and
thermal properties of the CO2 have been adjusted to give much more accurate values
over the pressure and temperature ranges encountered in normal applications.

PROSPER can model steam injection and steam production. A steam table calculator is
available.

The viscosity of oil and gas can be calculated separately using different methods. A
number of different methods are available for both gas and oil models.

Further fluid modelling options in PROSPER are:

Non-Newtonian fluids,
DLL for proprietary fluid viscosity model for Non-Newtonian fluids
Emulsion models

Back to Overview

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 16

1.3 Inflows and Sand Control options

More than two dozens of combinations of inflow models exist in PROSPER that can be
selected for different configurations:

Straight open or cased hole

Slanted well
Partially perforated well
Horizontal well (with and without friction loss)
Horizontal well with transverse vertical fracture
Multi-zone completions for stacked reservoirs with possible cross-flow and
pressure loss between the zones
Multi-lateral well and smart well
Well of any geometry like snaky or U-shaped wells
Hydraulically fractured well
Well in dual-porosity reservoirs (naturally fractured)
Water and gas injection wells
Water injector with thermally induced fractures
External entry with user-entered IPR look-up tables

Various skin models are currently available:

Locke Skin model

MacLeod Skin model
Karakas & Tariq
Cinco-Ley and Martig-Bronz (I & II)
Wong-Clifford
SkinAide (Elf)
SPOT (Shell)

A DLL template exists that allows the user to import proprietary IPR and skin
models into PROSPER.

The following sand control options are available in PROSPER:

Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed screen,
Wire-wrapped screen and
Slotted liners

Further inflow-related models which are available in PROSPER are:

Mobility corrections using relative permeability

Vogel correction

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 17 PROSPER

Permeability reduction due to rock compaction

Advanced perforation modelling capabilities with integrated tubing / casing
and gun system databases
Gas coning with matching
Analytical coning model for water, gas and gas + water for horizontal wells
(see horizontal well with dP friction)

Back to Overview

1.4 Well bore and Pipeline hydraulics

Nearly two dozen multiphase correlations are available to the PROSPER user. The
flexible architecture of the software gives any user the opportunity to add any number of
proprietary multiphase correlations via DLL. The format of the DLL can be provided at
request by contacting PETEX Technical Support.

Internal research has led to the development of a series of very successful multiphase
correlations that have become benchmarks in the industry today. In particular when
compared to actual measurements, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation has given
excellent results in a wide range of situations: vertical well, horizontal well, deviated well,
large diameter well,oil wells, gas and retrograde condensate wells, ..

When calculating the pressure drop in a well bore or a pipeline, PROSPER offers the
option to switch from one starting multiphase correlation to another one depending upon
the well or pipe inclination.

PROSPER can handle any combination of flow paths: annular flow only, tubular flow only,
simultaneous annular and tubular flow, sequences of tubular and annular flow or
sequences of mixed flow and tubular or annular flow.

Back to Overview

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 18

1.5 Artificial lift systems

The following artificial lift options are available in PROSPER:

Continuous gas lift

Intermittent gas lift
Coiled Tubing gas lift
Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESP)
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Annular Supply
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Tubing Supply
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Closed Loop Supply
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Sucker Rod Drive
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Down Hole Motor Drive
Diluent Injection (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
Diluent Injection (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
Diluent Injection (Simultaneous Water and Gas Injection at Different Depths)
Diluent Injection with ESP
Jet Pump (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
Jet Pump (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
Multiphase Pumps
Foam Lift

Back to Overview

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 19 PROSPER

1.6 Flow assurance

Advanced thermal models and miscellaneous options are available in PROSPER for flow
assurance features studies.

1.6.1 Advanced Thermal Models

For advanced thermal modelling, the user can select the 'Enthalpy Balance' model or the
'Improved Approximation'.
The 'Enthalpy Balance' is a rigorous thermal model that accounts for forced convection,
free convection, radiation and conduction as the fluid travels up the well bore. From
these different heat transfer methods, the equivalent heat transfer coefficent is found and
used within an enthalpy balance. As this method used a full enthalpy balance to predict
the temperature of the fluid, the Joule-Thompson effects are accounted for.
Another advanced thermal model is the "improved approximation" which is also a full
enthalpy balance model but, unlike the 'Enthalpy Balance' model, the heat term is
calculated with a variable user-entered overall heat transfer coefficient whereas the heat
transfer coefficient in the full enthalpy balance model is calculated internally.

1.6.2 General Flow Assurance Features

Beside the advanced thermal models, the following options are available in PROSPER
for flow assurance studies:

Hydrate and wax appearance prediction models

Solid Transportation models
Erosional velocity calculation with clean fluid or sand laden fluid
Liquid loading calculations
Pigging calculation: pigged slug length, pigged slug volume, pigged slug
production time and pigged slug residency time
Taitel-Dukler flow regime map along pipeline length with severe-slugging
region (with and without Barnea criteria)
Detailed output for slug and bubble calculations: mean slug length, mean
bubble length, slug frequency, Slug and bubble surge factor, ...
Slugcatcher calculations and design
CO2 Corrosion calculations

Back to Overview

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 20

1.7 What's New

This is a list of enhancements to Prosper for each new Version
released.
Version 15.0

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2016 official release.

Improved pump/motor/cable database usability and

Artificial Lift
management
VLP Export Ability to export VLP tables in IX Hydraulic (Intersect) format

Addition of stimulation screening tools

IPR o Acidisation and hydraulic fracturing IPR models added to
perform screening studies
Enhanced brine modelling
PVT
o IAWPS correlation added
Ability to set rate method
VLP/IPR Matching
o e.g. linear or geometric spacing
Ability to compare two different PROSPER files
File Compare o Can help with version control to see what changes have been
made between versions of the "same" model
Enhanced PVT Input Screen
o All features of PVT (emulsions, matching etc.) can be viewed in
the same screen now
Enhanced VLP Matching Screen
o Can view deviation of matched and unmatched correlation from
test data
o Allows test to be matched to to be selected
Enhanced Artificial Lift infterfaces
Interface o All features can be seen in one screen
o Parameters that are no longer applicable based on other
setting will not be active
Graphical enhancements
o Including peak to peak, period and cross hair features
Ability to plot more than one set of IPR test data for
multilayer wells
Ability to transfer data from Single Point QuickLook into
Multi Point QuickLook and vice versa.

Version 14.0

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 21 PROSPER

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into
the PROSPER program since the 2015 official release.

DNV Erosion Model

o Standalone tool and incorporated into gradient, VLP and
system calculations
NORSOK CO2 Corrosion Model
o Standalone tool and incorporated into gradient, VLP and
system calculations
SlugCatcher (Two Phase Separator) model
o Slug catcher analysis can be performed with slug and pigging
Flow Assurance characteristics as well as steady-state production
Slug Model PE5
o Slugging characteristics in pipelines calculated by the PE5
model when slug flow occurs
Severe slugging/stability criteria
o POTS Number and PE5 Stability Criteria Flag
Pipeline thermal gradient option
o Surface equipment data can now be specified its own thermal
gradient
Transient Gas Lift Simulator
o Traditional GasLift designs can now be validated with a
Artificial Lift transient simulator. This tool can also be standalone to
troubleshoot/assess the stability of new/existing gas lift
designs
Hydro-2P
Flow Correlations
o A modified version of the HYDRO-3P mechanistic flow model

PVT
(Heavy Oil) De Ghetto et al black oil correlation for Pb, Rs,
Bo and Viscosity
Enhanced PVT Matching screen
o New calculation screen showing all input data and correlation
plots
Enhanced Jet Pump Design screen
Interface Added gauge pressure to reporting of system calculations
Flow assurance tools can be accessed for any rate in VLP
or system calculations
o Sensitivity PvD extension
Flow assurance severe slugging plots

Version 13.0

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 22

the PROSPER program since the 2012 official release.

Data Validation
o Input data is now colour coded to show if it is within (green), on
Interface (orange) or outside (red) the validation range.
Enhanced IPR Interface
o New calculation screen showing all key input/output IPR data in
one screen.
Enhanced Gaslift adjustments interface
Gas-lift Valve Performance
o Valve response captured including the throttling effects of the
valve stem on the flow.
Multipoint Gas Lift Injection in Quicklook
o As the valve response can now be captured, the impact on
gaslift performance can be modelled. This includes
troubleshooting test data to determine if gas is being injected
Artificial Lift
through multiple valves and capture the effect.
New Artificial Lift Techniques
o Foam Lift
o Diluent Injection in ESP Wells
VLP/IPR Matching for wells with PCPs
Multiphase Pumps
o Ability to model wells with multiphase pumps (One Subsea and
Sulzer)
Ability to integrate with the steady state LEDAFLOW Point
Flow Correlations model.
o Separately licensed product

Version 12.0

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2010 official release.

64 bit
Program Version PROSPER is now available in both a 32bit and a 64bit
version.
New Screens
The appearance of the screens within PROSPER have been
updated.
Program Interface
New Plotting
The plotting feature used within PROSPER has been
changed to be consistent with the plotting method used
across the IPM suite.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 23 PROSPER

Plots can also be saved and recalled from different files

File Overwrite check

Possibility to switch on/off a confirmation message when an
existing file is overwritten.
Improved CO2 modeling
The density of CO2 has been corrected for use within an EoS.
The correction os done by adjusting the volume shift of CO2
This has the advantage of not limiting the methodology to the
pure component.
The thermal properties have also been adjusted to give a
much more accurate value over the pressure and temperature
ranges encountered in normal application.

Hydrates
Hydrate calculations have been updated to include a
comprehensive set of calculations based on the Hydrafact
modified cubic and CPA models.
Calculations can be carried out with a mixture of salts and/or a
mixture of inhibitors such as DEG, TEG Methanol etc.

Multiphase Flash with Water

Multiphase flashing is being added to IPM to allow water to be
modelled within the EoS. Models will include:
PVT Modelling Soreide and Whiton
Modified Cubic
CPA
SRK plus Huron Vidal

Viscosity Modelling for EoS

Viscosity can be modelled separately for gas and oil. Each
can be separately regressed within PVTp and used within
PROSPER.
Oil Models:
LBC
LBC with Coefficients
Pedersen et al
Black Oil - Beal
Black Oil - Beggs
Black Oil - Petrosky
Black Oil - Bergman
Black Oil - Egbogah
Gas Models:
LBC

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 24

LBC with Coefficients

Pedersen et al
Black Oil - Lee
Black Oil - Carr

IPR
PROSPER will now calculate the bottom hole flowing
IPR Modelling temperature and how this varies with rate.
Horizontal dP segment results (flow per unit length etc) can
now be saved.
SPOT - Fractional flows and Saturations to Water Cut.
Edit Screens
The screens used to insert data for the equipment have been
updated
Equipment
Gauges
Up to 10 gauges can be specified in the equipment section
and temperatures and pressures at these depths will be
reported after SYSTEM calculations.
ESP
The gas flow in the annulus is now modelled with either casing
head pressure or liquid level being calculated.
New gas separator models have been added which vary the
gas separation efficiency with respect to liquid rate.
The change in temperature of the fluid caused by the Pump
and the Motor are now included.
Tapered ESPs can now be specified in a system to model
stages of different pumps being placed in series.

PCP
The gas flow in the annulus is now modelled with either casing
head pressure or liquid level being calculated.
Artificial Lift
New gas separator models have been added which vary the
gas separation efficiency with respect to liquid rate.
The change in temperature of the fluid caused by the Pump
and the Motor are now included.

Gas Lifted Oil Wells

When carrying out a gas lift design (to find valve depths)
sensitivity studies can now be carried out on certain variables
to see their impact on the valve depths and properties
calculated.

Diluent Injection
Water Injection can now be modelled with the injected water

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 25 PROSPER

having a different salinity to the produced water.

Simultaneous water and gas injection at different depths can
now be modelled.

ESP VLP/IPR matching

The VLP/IPR matching for ESP allows to enter the pump
intake and discharge pressures as inputs. These data can
then be passed over to the Quicklook for detailed analysis of
the pump performance

Gas Lift for Gas Wells

Continuous Gas Lift can now be modelled in retrograde
condensate wells.
VLPs
This new type of well can be implemented using new ESP and
PCP models.
Coal Bed Variables for VLP generation can be set as CBM GLR, liquid
Methane level and Pump Speed.
Producers The casing pressure and liquid level are now

IPRs
A new CBM Producer IPR model has been included which
models the impact of increasing GLR.
New Sensitivity Variables added
Multi-layer dP Model
Liquid Level (for ESP/PCP)
CBM GLR
Diluent Salinity
Diluent Gas Injection Depth
Diluent GLR Injected

Number of Sensitivity variables rationalised

Rather than having different types of VLP and SYSTEM
Calculations calculations for each different number of variables (3,4 or
multi-variable) there is now one calculation screen and the
number of variables used can be selected by the user.

Rates used for SYSTEM and VLP Calculations

To up 50 rates can be used for the generation of VLP curves
and in the SYSTEM calculation screen.

Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Miscellaneous Preferences

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 26

Specify the number of rates in the IPR/VLP section

Plots - specify if old plots or new plots should be shown or if
the choice should be made at the run time.
Dynamic OLGAS Licensing
New OS Command:

PROSPER.ANL.VMT.VLPI For correlation c (if c=0 then all

OpenServer PR(c,t) correlations done)

For test t (if t=0 then all tests done)

Version 11.5
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2009 official release.

Improved CO2 modeling

Condensed Water Vapour with Retrograde Condensate

Condensed water vapour can be modeled with gas retrograde
PVT Modeling condensate fluid

Improved Black Oil Retrograde Condensate Model

Changes applied to improve consistency of the black oil model at
the boundaries of its applicability for oil and condensate systems

HSP
Addition of Pump Speed Method (Entered or Calculated) in
Quicklook, Gradient and VLP calculations. It is now possible to
use the program to calculate the pump/turbine speed in order
to operate the pump at the highest efficiency

ESP pump database

Artificial Lift Complete CENTRILIFT Pump Database implemented

Gas lift Quicklook

Added the possibility to enter DeRating parameters for
Thornhill/Craver to correct the dP through the orifice for
actual performance

ESP VLP/IPR matching

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 27 PROSPER

The VLP/IPR matching for ESP allows to enter the pump

intake and discharge pressures as inputs. These data can
then be passed over to the Quicklook for detailed analysis of
the pump performance
Reset results
An option to erase the results of any calculation previously
performed has been added

Gradient Summary Chart

In the Tubing Correlation and Pipeline Correlation Comparison
Calculations a Summary section allows the user to compare the pressure
drops and the components of the pressure drops of the
selected multiphase flow correlations and mechanistic models

Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Export option in PVT section
In the main PVT section an export facility has been added to
allow the used to export input (Input Data, Match data tables,
Tables) and output (correlation parameters, PVT calculations)

Export/Import option in IPR External Entry

Export/Import
The External Entry IPR can be exported/imported from the
IPR section

Clip to Copy and Paste data in PVT section

The Clip buttons in the PVT Match Data and Tables sections
now allow the user to copy and paste data from/to the
Clipboard to facilitate data import/export
Improved IPR Validation Error Messages
More information are reported when a validation error is
triggered

IPR test data enhancement

Program Interface In the IPR plot Test Data it is now possible to enter a date
stamp and a comment for each entered test

File Overwrite check

Possibility to switch on/off a confirmation message when an
existing file is overwritten
New OS Commands:
OpenServer
PROSPER.RESET Reset some or all of the data -

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 28

RESET(ALL)
RESET(PVT)
RESET(SIN)
RESET(ANL)
RESET(OUT)
PROSPER.PVT.IMPORT Import PVTP file in PVT Tables or
Match sections
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.VLPI Perform the VLP/IPR Matching
PR VLP/IPR Command
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU Adjust Calculate
STCALC PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTCAL
C(i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU Adjust PI
STPI PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPI(i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU Adjust Pres
STPRES PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPR
ES(i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU Reset Adjust Data & Results
STRESET PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTRE
SET(type,i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
type=1 Reset Amended PI
type=2 Reset Amended PRES
type=3 Calculated FBHP
type=4 Heat Transfer Coefficient
type=5 Calculated Results
type=6 Reset ALL
PROSPER.MENU.FILE.OP Menu Command - File Open
EN
PROSPER.MENU.FILE.SA Menu Command - File Save As
VEAS
PROSPER.MENU.ANL.RE Menu Command - Calculation -
SET Reset Results

Version 11.0

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 29 PROSPER

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2008 official release.

SPOT(Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool) is an IPR calculator

developed originally by Shell.
Its main unique features are:-
Modelling of different perforating guns selected from a guns
database covering all the major vendors.
Corrects gun test data such as DoP (Depth of
penetrationG and EHD (Entry Hole Diameter) to reservoir
conditions.
Log data can be used to model vertical differences in
reservoir parameters such as permeability, porosity and
rock strength.
Model to predict sanding.
Several invasion models.
Models reperforation jobs/workovers.
This has been implemented in PROSPER as a new IPR model.
The correction of test DoP and EHD to reservoir conditions is
also available for existing PROSPER IPR models.
Sand Control
Previously the only option for sand control in Prosper was Gravel
Pack. The following options have now been added
Pre Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Inflow
Slotted Liner

Both the Darcy and Non-Darcy effects are modelled for the
screen/liner and any material between the formation and screen/
liner
Sand Production (Failure)
Sand Production can be caused by increasing stress near the
well bore resulting from reservoir depletion. The economic
impact of the result is significant both in terms of completion
costs (implementing sand control) and the number of
development wells (because of the lower productivity associated
with sand control). Prediction of the maximum possible
drawdown before sand production can therefore be important in
field development.
The aim of this model is to calculate the drawdown at which
sand production can be expected. Stress can be estimated
either –
From depth and reservoir pressure
From a specified stress
From specified stress gradients and depths
From assumptions if no stress data available
Inflow MultiLayer Models

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 30

Automatic transfer of model from Prosper to GAP

Pseudo Pressure table per layer for Gas/Condensate models
Increases accuracy in cases when layer PVT properties
are significantly different
Ability to sensitise on Layer PVT properties in System
calculation
Following new variables are available :
Perforating Gun (SPOT)
Tubing Description
Casing Description
Sensitivity Injection Fluid Temperature
Multi Layer PVT Parameters

Sensitivity Data Export

Sensitivity Generate Options
Perforating Gun Database
Provided by Shell as part of SPOT
Updated and verified by PE in conjunction with the
manufacturers
1) Baker
2) DYNA
3) ETA
4) Halliburton
5) Schlumberger
6) Owen
7) INNICOR
8) Titan
9) GeoDynamics
10) CCP

Tubing Database
Databases
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Benoit Machine
2) FiberGlass Systems
3) Grant Prideco
4) Halliburton Energy Services
5) Hunting Energy Services
6) JFE Steel
7) Metal One Corp
8) Tenaris Hydril
9) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
10) VAM

Casing Database
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Centron International Inc.
2) Dalmine Spa

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 31 PROSPER

3) Equivalent S.A.
4) FiberGlass Systems
5) Frank's International
6) GB Connections
7) Grant Prideco (Atlas Bradford)
8) HSC Corp
9) Hunting Energy Services
10) Hydril
11) JFE Steel / Hunting Oilfield
12) Mannesmann
13) Nippon Steel Corp
14) NKK Corp
15) Sidera S.A.I.C.
16) Smith FiberGlass products Inc.
17) Star FiberGlass Systems
18) Tenaris
19) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
20) Tubular FiberGlass Corp
21) VAM
22) XL Systems Inc.

Pipe Schedule

Access to the tubing and casing database will also be available from
the equipment date entry screens
Rigorous modelling of CO2 Injection when combined with
EoS
Lumping-DeLumping large compositions
Paired large and small(lumped) compositions with same
phase behaviour and surface properties
Sour Gas Modelling
PVT Originally created to model CO2 rich compositions.
Section Now improved and extended to other similar mixtures – CO2,
H2S, C1 etc
Egbogah Viscosity Correlation
Bergman-Sutton Viscosity Correlation
Al Marhoun Correlation for Pb, Rs, Bo and Viscosity
Injection of Non-Newtonian Fluids (Polymers etc)
Interpolation warnings for Bg
Estimated Heat Transfer Coefficient options
We can now transfer the estimated U value (or average of
estimated U values) directly into the geothermal gradient
VLP / IPR
Estimation of Reservoir Parameters from Match Point data
Matching
Many users have used the VLP/IPR Matching section and its
easy access to the Inflow section to adjust reservoir
parameters in order to find a solution that corresponded to the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 32

measured data in the VLP Match record. Thus they were able
to track changes in Reservoir Pressure and P.I. Improvements
in IPM6 meant that this process had become slightly more long
winded. This can now be done automatically in Prosper in IPM7
o Estimation of Reservoir Pressure
o Estimation of PI from (Only if IPR – PI method selected)
Multi Variable SYSTEM & VLP commands
Mass and Molar Rate Entry
Independent of separation process
Lift Mass Rates available for Black Oil & EOS models
Curves Molar Rate only for EOS
Eclipse
Generation of files compatible with E300
Molecular weight & Water Molar Fraction as sensitivity
variables
Intermittent Gas Lift Design
Spacing Line Design Methodology
Stability Criteria for Gas Lift
Lift Gas Gradient available on gradient calculation screens
Valve Performance Clearinghouse
VPC in Gas Lift Design & QuickLook
VPC Options in Preferences
Artificial Hydraulic Submersible Pump
Lift Improved sensitivity modelling
Automatic step size reduction.
Electrical Submersible Pump
Addition of complete Centrilift Pump & Motor catalogue
Automatic step size reduction.
SRP
Calculation of Stroke size from Liquid Rate improved
Improved error reporting & database export.
New OS Commands
ANL.SYM.CALC Perform the System Sensitivity
Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the System
Sensitivity Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.EXPORT Export Lift Curves Generated by the
System Sensitivity Command (Multi Variables)
OpenServer ANL.VLM.CALC Perform the VLP (Multi Variable)
Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the VLP (Multi
Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.EXPORT Export Lift Curves Generated by the
VLP (Multi Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.GLI.CALC Perform the Intermittent Gas lift
Design

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 33 PROSPER

New OS Functions
ANL.NODES.MSD Returns The Measured Depth Of The
ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.MSD[i])
ANL.NODES.TVD Returns The True Vertical Depth Of
The ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.TVD[i])

Evaluation Button on Open Server Screen

WHPtoBHP – to include surface equipment
Hydro3P flow correlation updated
Hydro Choke Model updated
Improved handling of OLGAS licences
Miscellaneous Improved Flow Correlation Information
Plots in Deviation Survey
Plotting Improvements
Tubing and Pipe drawings Improved
Free Format number option

Version 10.0
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2007 official release.

Steam Model in PVT to enable modelling of Steam Injector Wells

Additional Artificial Lift Method to enable the design and modelling of wells produced using Sucker
Rod Pumps
The Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model now has the same calculation options as the Improved
Approximation Temperature Model (including Choke Performance calculations)
Allow Solution Node at first node for system calculation in Improved Approximation/Enthalpy
Balance models.
ESP modelling (not Design) available for Improved Approximation and Enthalpy Balance
temperature models
Target GOR calculator and extended options
Improvements in phase behaviour calculation for compositions rich in sour gases (CO2 and H2S)
Increase size of PVT Match tables.
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model.
Improved error handling and reporting
Calculate the flow velocity across the completion as a function of open perforations, frac pack
properties and formation properties.
Add Beta Factor in the gravel pack pressure drop prediction. (Calculated or Entered) (See Gravel
Pack)
IPR Sensitivity Calculations now available from IPR Section.
Pressure dependent permeability
IPR Test Points - this section has now been rewritten and enhanced to separate it from the multi-
rate test point input data. Test points are now displayed on all relevant screens/plots

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 34

It is now possible to change the port size and recalculate output parameters in the GasLift Design
Calculation Screen
Enable de-rating of Thornhill-Craver flow rates in GasLift Design
Real GasLift Valve Response Modelling
Add IPR button to GasLift Design screens to enable easy modification of Inflow model during
GasLift Design
Allow Choke Performance calculations in the Prosper Enthalpy Balance Model
Addition of a Choke Performance Plot in the Choke Performance section.
New lift curve formats are available for CMG reservoir simulators IMEX and GEM.
Generate for GAP has been enhanced for Naturally flowing and ESP wells to allow up to ten
manifold pressures as input
OLGAS 2-phase, OLGAS 3-phase, LedaFlow 2P and LedaFlow 3P correlations are now available
directly from Petroleum Experts. Please contact us for details of cost and installation.
Data Entry for Temperature Gradients in Enthalpy Balance model was been rewritten, including the
addition of the Geothermal Gradient to the model.
Injected Fluid Temperature is now available as a sensitivity variable
Heat Transfer Coefficients as sensitivity variables
Ability to put in reservoir pressure in VLP/IPR matching screen that corresponds with each test.
Add "date" field to well test table so the Match Point Comment column can be used for actual
comments.
VLP MAtching for ESPs
QuickLook from VLP/IPR Matching
IPR/VLP plot - include well test date info for test point info entered
Make left hand intersection (for gas coning) available. (This is already automatically done if
coning flag is set)
Preferences Section
It is now possible to display the users Comments on the main screen instead of the Program and
Contact details.
user preference to allow the user to set the file name and path displayed/hidden.
The user can specify default roughness for tubings and pipelines.
New OpenServer Generate Rate commands for INF, SYS, SY4, VL3 & VL4
New OpenServer Commands PROSPER.ANL.JET.DESIGN
New OpenServer Function to detect Matched PVT (PROSPER.PVT.MATCHED)
Open server command that would be equivalent to clicking on the Clear button in the sensitivity
variables section.
OS command to implement API RP43 Calculation ( calculate perforation length & diameter)
Open-server variables and command to enter a MD in the deviation survey section, and calculate its
corresponding TVD.
OS Command to do Deviation Survey Filtering
Reset, transfer and calculate angle OS command for Deviation Survey Filter
Implement PROSPER.ANL.SPD.CAL(v1,v2,v3) and PROSPER.ANL.SP4.CALC(v1,v2,v3,v4)

Addition of Sensitivity Summary Export in the 4 Variable System Sensitivity Analysis

Section.
Allow the entry of up to 2 Gauge Depths to VLP calculation screen. Pressures are then calculated
at these depths and displayed and reported. The calculated pressures are also included in exported
TPD files for integration into IFM

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 35 PROSPER

New variable available "Gas Fraction At Pump Intake" in ESP design calculations screen
Remove MacLeod as an option for Horizontal Well Models
Warn user if a lift Curve table contains invalid variables for any particular given format. (Warning is at
file creation time)
Increase size of PVT Match Tables
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Section (Black Oil PVT Model only)

Version 9.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2005 official release.

PVT Enhancements
Equation of State
The objective of the following improvements is to enhance the compositional modelling
capabilities of Prosper:
PVT modelling with EoS available for Injector wells
Enhanced Optimisation
Common EoS options throughout IPM Suite
Path dependent variables (volumetric properties like GOR, FVF, CGR) can be
calculated using three different methods leading to standard conditions:
Straight flash to stock tank conditions
Flash through a train of up to 10 separators
Using individual separator stage or full plant K-values
Enhanced plots of generated fluid properties
FVF calculations with Volume Shift validated for mass balance

Inflow Enhancements
Modified Isochronal IPR model
This IPR model utilises the modified isochronal well test, which consists of repeated shut-in
periods of equal duration as the flowing periods. The IPR model is based on the back-pressure
equation.
Modelling perforation diameter and length varying rock hardness
The API RP43 can be used to calculate the perforations characteristics
Inflow calculation Improvements
Display calculated inflow model PI on the IPR plots
Use of the Perforation Efficiency in all the skin models
Determines the number of open perforations. It is applied to shot density in a similar
manner to gravel pack calculations
On-screen Help with gravel pack data for given gravel sises
Enabled appropriate Inflow models for given well configuration
Coning Calculation - the length interval has been decreased
Inflow Calculation - the GOR can be entered and sensitised upon

Outflow Enhancements
Gas Condensate Plots
Oil as well as Gas can be plotted on the X-axis
Lift Curves Improvements

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 36

Export Options saved to file

More data in comments
user configurable data added to file
System Calculation
4 Variable System Command is available
Export Lift Curves option is available
VLP Matching procedure has been improved
Simultaneous injection of Oil and Water

Flow Modelling Enhancements

Pipeline Calculations
Slug Characteristics
Surge factors for gas and liquid in the bubble and slug are calculated to describe the
slug characteristics of the flow
Pigging Calculations
Calculations to determine the pigging characteristics of the flow
Modelling Pressure and temperature drops across fittings
dP and dT can be calculated for a very wide variety of fittings by using equivalent
lengths. Tabulated L/D values for each fitting type are used to calculate an appropriate K Value for
each different type of fitting and configuration

Artificial Lift Enhancements

Jet Pumps
Modelling of existing Jet Pump installations
PVT modelling of the Power Fluid
Possibility to store the pump models in the Artificial Lift Database
Exporting lift curves to simulators
Design of new Jet Pump installations
Diluent Injection
Modelling of Diluent injection in the wellbore
PVT modelling of the Injection Fluid
Possibility to sensitise on injection depth and rate
Multiphase Pumps
Modelling of Multiphase pipeline booster pumps

Wizards
This feature guides the user in setting up models and performing certain tasks following a pre-defined
sequence.

A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are step-by-step
guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.
However, the user can create his own wizards to performed given tasks. This option is particularly
useful when repetitive calculations are to be performed on well models.
The Wizard is based on a VB script. The script consists of a series of VB commands using
OpenServer strings to set the values of the input parameters or to call up the appropriate data entry
screen , perform calculations, and retrieve or plot results.

OpenServer Enhancements
New Commands
The following capabilities have been implemented:
PVT Match and Match All

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 37 PROSPER

4 Variable System Calculation command

Estimate U Value in VLP /IPR Matching Command
Export of lift curves from VLP and System calculations
HSP design - System Calculation command
Perform Coiled Tubing and Jet Pump Design
Menu commands to open the input, calculation and plot screens
Evaluation dialogueue
This option can be used to test OpenServer Commands without building VB applications. The
basic OS actions (DoSet, DoGet and DoCmd) can also be used to quickly initialise and resetting the
data
Open Server Help
Command List
Variable List
Function List

Miscellaneous Enhancements
Deviation Survey Filter
This feature allow to enter up to 1000 points from deviation survey tables and determines a
minimum number of deviation points that best fits them
Calculate Torque for ESP wells
The Shaft Torque is calculates during the phase of ESP design

Version 8.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2001 official release.

Online PROSPER in GAP

PROSPER flow modelling is now available in GAP.
It can be used to model pipelines and wells.
It can be used directly as an online calculator or offline to generate lift curves (to speed GAP
network calculations)
Lift Curves
Data stored in GAP
Data stored in external PROSPER file.
PROSPER online
Data stored in GAP
Can be imported from an existing PROSPER file
Calculation Detail
Calculations can be viewed with the precision and detail of PROSPER Gradient screen
Implicit access to all flow and fluid modelling technology in PROSPER
Advanced Flow Correlations (e.g... Petroleum Experts, GRE, Hydro 3 Phase)
Flow Correlation Matching
Choke Modelling
Fluid modelling and matching (especially Condensate)
Enthalpy Balance calculations for rigorous pressure and temperature modelling. Implicitly
includes Joule-Thomson effects
Artificial Lift options
Gas Lift (Standard and Coiled Tubing)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 38

Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESPs)

Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)

PVT Enhancements
Equation Of State
Goal for these improvements is complete compatibility to ensure that results obtained in
PVTP can be reproduced exactly.
Omega A, Omega B can be entered
Choice of Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Parameter Estimation (Fill In Table)
New Composition Export to PVTP
Improved Composition Import from PVTP (including Reservoir Temperature)
True Critical Point calculation included as part of Phase Envelope Calculation.
This helps speed improvements due to quicker phase detection.
Improve calculation speed without compromising results
Optimise - None - 2 - 3 times faster } Raw PVT
Optimise - Low - 10 - 20 times faster } Calculation
Optimise - Medium - 30 - 80 times faster } Speed Improvement
PROSPER Example System Sensitivity on 3 tubing sises
Original - 3+ hours
None - 95 minutes
Low - 12 minutes
Medium - 2 minutes 40 seconds
Allow more calculation flexibility for Equation of State models
Target GOR
user enters initial composition
Target GORs are entered as sensitivity variables
Program iterates from original composition to a composition with specified GOR
New composition saved as a result for display and/or reporting

Black Oil
PVT Lookup Tables
Increased size
(Number of Temperature Tables (10 -> 50 )
Number of Pressure Entries ( 15 -> 100 )
Generate Option
PVT properties for all phases are available in table
user responsibility to ensure material balance is preserved
Standard Conditions Warning
user is notified when there is no entry in the table at standard conditions.
Common cause of problems due to interpolation errors.
Convergence Pressure Method removed.
EoS model improvements (and faster computers) make this redundant

Flow Modelling Enhancements

Norsk Hydro Three Phase Correlation (Hydro3P)
Solves the steady state momentum equations for three-phase gas/oil/water pipe flow computing
pressure drop, water and oil hold-up and oil droplet fraction in the gas. Also models oil-in-water
phase and water-in-oil phase. Initial comparisons very favourable. Reasonably fast and very
robust. Works for a wide range of conditions for all fluid types. Very fast for two-phase system.
Much slower for three-phase systems.

Modified Turner Equation For Liquid Loading

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 39 PROSPER

Used to determine unstable flow regions in Gas or Condensate wells with liquid production. Has
been found to be not necessarily reliable. The original Turner Constant was 20.4. It has been
found (using Petroleum Experts 4) that 2.04 gives much more reliable results in a wide range of
examples. This constant can be changed by the user.

Erosional Velocity Calculations With Sand Production

Implementation of a ConocoPhillips paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for
Sand Laden Fluids) which challenges API14E (the industry standard) on the basis that it can be
very conservative for clean service and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are
present. It proposes a simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with
several multi-phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and sand
concentrations.

Step size
This feature allows the user to specify the default step size used in Flow Modelling calculations

Artificial Lift Enhancements

Rewrite database
One database for all artificial lift types
Completely redesigned interface
Booster Pumps
ESPs in pipeline.
Implement Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)
HSP & PCP Lift Curves for GAP
Gaslift
Allow injection in pipeline (above wellhead)
Allow a valve at the design depth of injection (as well as an orifice as at present)
Gaslift Adjustments
Provides additional calculations for testing gas lift designs under operating conditions.
Surface casing pressures when restarting production are presented in addition to input
parameters needed for setting up automatic well controllers
Coiled Tubing Gaslift
Can already be achieved in PROSPER using annular flow but requires manual set up by user
New input options to make problem set-up automatic
Description via ID and Thickness makes sensitivity analysis more flexible

Enthalpy Balance Model Enhancements

Convection in mud between casings
Selectable the the user
Sea Velocity gradients
As an addition to the Sea Temperature Gradient
Correlation Comparison
Implemented for both Tubing and PipeLine
Extra variables in gradient display
Enthalpy (gas, oil, water)
Conductivity (gas, oil, water)
Specific Heat Capacity (gas, oil, water)
Fix outside casing temperature at time t=0
Diffusivity equation only valid for t > 0.5 days
Casing Conductivity user selectable
Previously was a fixed value

Inflow Performance Enhancements

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 40

Simple MultiLayer
Increased number of Layers ( from 5 to 50)
MultiLayer With dP Loss
New Layer Models
Fractured Well
Horizontal Well
Increased number of layers (from 20 to 50 layers)
Gas and Condensate Implemented
Improved IPR DLL
Add a skin model to internal reservoir model
Proper validation of user data
Access to internal model data
Ability to deny access to unauthorised users

Non-Newtonian Fluid Modelling

New Model
Implement Model based on drilling fluid models developed by Total. This will enable foams in
heavy oils to be modelled more accurately. However, it should be noted that this model does
not estimate the apparent viscosity of the emulsion with water. Research on another program
(REVEAL) is ongoing on this subject.
Calculate Equivalent Apparent Viscosity
Oil and Gas viscosities both set equal to Apparent Viscosity
Implemented in reservoir by calculating an equivalent pipe radius
user DLL
user DLL option allows user to test internal models within PROSPER via the usual DLL
interface.
Will allow the user to model viscosity of all phases (if required)
Benefits of testing and implementing engineering technology and research without having to
design and maintain the testbed

Import DLL
Allows user to import from any file (binary or ascii) if they know the precise format.
Can be used for legacy applications with proprietary format.
Import from a report output of another application
Can be done without any input from Petroleum Experts (avoids confidentiality conflicts)
Integrates seamlessly with File Open option.
user file type just becomes another available file type to read
Can be used in batch mode to convert many files and automatically creates PROSPER input
files
Uses OpenServer strings to push the data from user DLL to PROSPER.

Choke DLL Improvements

Allow more user data per DLL
Saving and recalling user data to file
Redesign Choke Performance screen to allow use with user defined choke DLL

Lift Curves
Additional Formats
ChevronTexaco CHEARS
ExxonMobil EMPOWER
VIP Format Update
Previously if one specified GOR then rates were Oil and if one specified GLR rates where
Liquid

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 41 PROSPER

Now, it is possible to mix and match Gas Fraction Types and Rate Types
General Point
Please keep us informed of changes in format - we like to respond as quickly as possible to
keep users up-to-date
Documentation of lift curve format should be as comprehensive as possible. Quite often, the
only documentation is an example file. It can be quite difficult to extrapolate from one
example to a complete solution. The following points are quite useful to note.
Specify all possible Gas Fraction Types (GOR, GLR OGR etc)
Specify all possible Water Fraction Types (WC, WGR, WOR etc)
Rate Types ( Oil, Liquid Gas)
Artificial lift types (don't forget pumps)
All fluid Types (oil, gas and condensate)
Unit types for all variables and unit sets as well (Field, SI, LAB)
Producers and Injectors
Variable Combinations - what is valid and what is invalid

Left Hand Intersection in SYSTEM Calculation

Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing pressures are declining (on the LHS) are
considered to represent unstable flow and are usually ignored.
When Gas Coning occurs however the GOR is changing constantly for different rates and it is
possible to have two solutions and for the LHS intersection to represent stable flow
Add option to allow user to select which intersection to use

Miscellaneous
Units Popup
Right-clicking on units field on screen shows user all available units for the variable and its
current selection and allows the user to change this current selection.
Extended and Improved Data Validation
MultiLateral - set end points for curve calculations
OpenServer - NEWFILE & SHUTDOWN commands
Export - data formatting improvements
Plot Legend - data content improvements

Version 7.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2000 official release.

Make Prosper more accessible to other IPM Tools

Much work has been done restructuring PROSPER so that all the single-well technology and
engineering can be readily utilised by other programs in the IPM suite.The results of this radical
restructuring are not obvious or available at present but will be incorporated in the next versions of
GAP and MBAL
Model Annulus and Tubing Production
A model has been Implemented for production through the tubing and annulus at the same time and
also a variable flow path i.e. fluid can flow in either the tubing or the annulus or both and this can vary
in different segments of the well
Vlp/Ipr Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically transferred from
the test point straight to the Correlation Comparison screens.
VLP/IPR plot has been enhanced to provide a VLP curve for each test point for a selection of flow
correlations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 42

Estimating U values in VLP/IPR matching section from entered Tubing Head Pressures in the Rough
Approximation Temperature Model
Pipe Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Pipeline Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically
transferred from the test point straight to the Pipeline Correlation Comparison screens.
Multi-Lateral - Improvements Model
Calculation Dialogue Screen Improvements.
Multi Layer (Layer-by Layer ) response calculated and plotted.
PVT Section
Water Vapour Condensation Correlation for Gas Wells
Water Viscosity Variation with Pressure
Boiling Temperature column in EOS model.
Parachor column in EOS model (for Surface Tension Calculations).
Editable EOS Component Name instead of number
Miscellaneous
New variables displayed in Gradient Calculations.
Oil Viscosity
Water Viscosity
Liquid Density
Total mass Flow Rate
Oil mass Flow Rate
Gas Mass Flow Rate
Water Mass Flow Rate
Oil Formation Volume Factor
Gas Formation Volume Factor
Water Formation Volume Factor
Water Holdup
Slip Water Velocity
Superficial Water Velocity
Cumulative Liquid Volume
Cumulative Water Volume
Cumulative Oil Volume
Cumulative Gas Volume
Cumulative Liquid Holdup
Cumulative Water Holdup
Tubing Flow Rate
Annulus Flow Rate
New layout options in Gradient Calculations
Depth Calculator in Equipment Deviation Survey screen
Improved errror checking in IPR section subDialogue screens
Improvments in annulus configuration management (Enthalpy Balance)
Improvements in Drilling section error reporting
Improvements to TPD file generation for ESP wells
File List - browser for viewing /summarising PROSPER files.
Standing correction to Vogel in IPR calculations.

Version 7.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1999 official release.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 43 PROSPER

32-bit
Improved memory management.
Long File and Directory name.
Results Management.

Implementaion of Open Server

Open Data/Function Server implemented the same as GAP and MBAL
MultiLateral
Model has been enhanced and extended
Models all fluid types (oil, Gas and Retrograde Condensate)
Models Producers and Injectors
Can be used in conjuction with artificially lifted wells (Gaslift, ESP and HSP)
Enthalpy Balance Temperature Prediction
Complete rewrite of enthalpy balance temperature prediction method to allow more flexibility and
accuracy.
Account for air and sea velocities.
Improved Completion fluid handling.
Can specify cement and casing conductivity
Account for temperature gradient in the sea.
Improved Rough Approximation Temperature Model
Specify heat transfer coefficient by depth and pipe section
Define a temperature gradient for the sea
Can make use of Joule-Thomson coefficient
Constrained Calculation with Enthalpy Balance
Determine pressure and temperature profile for the entire well from the wellhead pressure and bottom
hole temperature
Thermal Fracturing
Model the combined effects of temperature, stress and fluid mechanics to predict the inflow behaviour
of injection wells
New Correlation (Petroleum Experts 4)
Advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells (including dowhill flow) suitable for any fluid
(including Retrograde Condensate)
Solids Transport
Predicting maximum grain size that can be transported.
Hydrates Flagging
user entered table describing pressure-temperature regions where hydrates formation is likely. The
program will then highlight areas with a potential for Hydrates Formation.
Miscellaneous
user can specify default Units System (on Preferences Screen).

Version 6.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1998 official release.

INFLOW
New Interface
Implemented for all fluids.
Completely redesigned to ease user input and to integrate with the external, user-written IPR model
enhancement (see below)
MultiLateral/MultiLayer Inflow Model
Implemented for all fluids.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 44

Deviated Well Model

Implemented for all fluids.
Based on a model produced by Wong and Clifford
Dual Porosity Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Assumptions: For naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation) porosity is greater than
the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller than the fracture permeabilty, but
not negligible.
Source: See References
Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fracture(s) Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Assumptions
1. Circular fractures.
2. Well goes through centre i.e. no shape factor implemented.
3. Fractures are equally spaced - so if there is just one it is in the centre.
Source: See References
user IPR Model DLL
Allows the user to develop their own inflow model(s) and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations. The user-developed model can encompass every element of an inflow
description including the reservoir model and every component of the skin or can simply be any
particular element. Please contact us for details on how to implement this for the specific application
Dietz Shape Factor Calculator
Implemented for 'Darcy-like' models in all fluids.
Assumptions: Calculation is for vertical wells rectangular reservoirs.
Source: See References
Gas Coning
Implemented for oil. Modifies solution GOR by multiplying it by a weighting factor greater than 1,
which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The output is a total, or produced, GOR. This model has
been implemented with the facility of matching/tuning to real test data
Assumptions: High permeability reservoirs.
Source: See References.

EQUIPMENT
More Pipeline nodes
Reverse x,y coordinate system for pipeline data entry
Rate Multiplier Per Node
Option to "disable" Surface Equipment

FLOW MODELLING
Complex Terrain Flow Correlation
Slug modelling
Correlation Threshold Angles
Erosional Velocity (C Factor) calculation.
Flow Regime Plots
More detailed data displayed during Gradient calculations
Phase Densities, inter-phase IFTs, slug and bubble properties

ARTIFICIAL LIFT
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pumps (or HSPs)
Design
System Sensitivity and Lift Curve Generation
QuickLook diagnostic

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 45 PROSPER

Pump and Turbine Database management

MISCELLANEOUS
Preferences
All options relating to the customisation of an individual installation of the program have been gathered
together in one location.
This option can be found on the File menu and has four sections (tabs)for ease of use. These are
Screen
File
Plot
user Applications
Welcome Screen
This screen is displayed immediately the program is started and is destroyed as soon as the main
screen appears. There can be a significant time difference in some cases between these two events
and this screen will assure the user that the prgram has indeed started. The reason for the time
difference could be any of the following
1) Program Installation - The program could be on a remote network drive and network traffic would
affect access time.
2) Software Key - a network installation could slow access to the key is the network is busy.
3) Last file loaded - if one automatically reloads the last file on program startup,then the file size and
location(remote network) could make a difference
New import format for PVTP file
The new format exported from the PVTP program includes more details (Volume Shift flag and the
separators included in the analysis.)
Screen Design
Redesign of many data screens. More consistency between data screens, navigation, and flexibility of
screen size (see Preferences-> Screen)

Version 5.1
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1997 official release.

Changes to EOS model

The method of calculating GOR and FVF has been enhanced to take account of the fluids path back
to surface. Up to 5 separator stages can be defined. The fluid is flashed through any defined stages to
find the resultant gas/oil mixture in the accumulator/stock tank. If no stages are defined a single flash
to ambient conditions is performed.

WHP to BHP
Method for calculating flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure for a large number of
points.

VLP Matching
Ability to allow or disallow the plotting of labels. Added ability to export and report from this screen.
Output more information to reports
Miscellaneous
The following bug fixes/ improvements.
Errors in files when saving long labels from downhole/surface equipment.
Sensible choice for file prefix when saving files.
Improved error checking in relative permeability screen in IPR section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 46

Scaling problems on status screen IPR plot when changing units have been fixed.
General updates to Status Screen
Errors transferring surface equipment details when changing from Pressure only to Pressure and
temperature prediction have been corrected.
Improved legend for Gaslift Design Plot
Improved legends for plots generally for consistency.
Improved handling of multi rate input data in IPR section.
Load correlation DLLs automatically from run directory.
Fixed errors in PVT matching reports
Fixed errors for water injectors reporting marginal amount of oil
Improved depth error checking in equipment section
Fixed bug in gradient calculation section (not setting Top Node Pressure and Rate correctly)
Insert a check for Choke Model selected when reading files.
Fixed EOS calculation initialisation problems.
Added feature to output 4 variable MBV (lift curve ) files
ESPs - allow user to select location of database files
Sensitivity analysis - improved error checking in variable selection
Status screen error for PVT Condensate display (wrong unit for CGR/WGR)
System Plot - wrong label for Gas Rate has been corrected.
IPR - improved calculation of combined Total GOR for multi layer IPRs
Gray Correlation - advise of unsuitability for use in Pressure and Temperature predictions
PVT Matching - ability to transfer data from Tables and import data from PVT Program
PVT Tables - ability to import data from Matching Section.

Version 5.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1996 official release.

Report Generator
The reporting interface gives complete control over how the reports are formatted and what
information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the use of report templates which
can be edited to suit the user's own requirements. One can choose to use the default report
templates provided with the system or can choose to create its own slightly different versions of these
reports. The selected templates can then be used to generate the actual reports which can be sent to
a variety of places (printer, file or screen).

Flexible Importing
This facility is designed to let the user import tabular data from a wide variety of files and databases
via ODBC. A filter 'template' is configured visually and can be saved to disk for future use. It can also
be distributed easily to other users.

User Choke Model DLL

Allows the user to develop their own choke model and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations

New Choke Model (from ELF)

A model based on Perkin's (SPE 206333) approach along with discharge coefficients determined by
the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at TUALP)

Pipe Correlation Comparison

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 47 PROSPER

A technique for comparing pipeline flow correlations against observed data similar to the existing
Correlation Comparison for tubing correlations

QuickLook for ESP

A diagnostic technique for analysing ESP lifted systems to determine if the pump is performing as
expected and to trouble shoot for potential problems

Inipath
A option to allow users to run PROSPER from one network copy whilst maintaining their own
configurations in private copies of PROSPER.INI

New Gaslift Design Options

New Emulsion Viscosity Modelling Options

Generate TPD files for GAP

Extended lift curve format to allow modelling of ESP systems in GAP

Expanded EOS Import Format

Allows user to import all the data that is normally generated by Petroleum Experts EOS model. The
file format is flexible to allow for multiple compositions and the results obtained for each composition.
This allows the possibility in the future to generate sensitivities for several compositions. (e.g. EOS-
based lift curves)

Gradient Test Data

Allows output of consistent test data on all gradient plots in PROSPER

ESP Database Handling Improved

Database information regarding current pump, motor and cable in use is stored on file to enable
distribution of files easily between users

Water Injector As Specific Well Type

Allows easy setup an minimal PVT data entry to handle this well type.

Variable Solution Node

Allow solution node at sandface, wellhead or manifold

Injection Model For Temperature Improved (Rough Approximation Model)

Improved Equipment Data Entry

Many problems for users are caused by incorrect entry of equipment data. Improving error detection in
this area helps to reduce support requirements and improves usability of the program

Pipeline Calculation Only

Simplify setup (especially for equipment) in order to model pipeline flow

New Tubing Correlation (Petroleum Experts 3)

Plot Annotations

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 48

Version 4.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1995 release.

Black Oil PVT

Added new Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to
Petrosky et al (SPE26644)
Added new Viscosity Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to Petrosky et al
(SPE29268)
Allow modelling of emulsion viscosity corrections for OIL-WATER mixtures.
Improved matching for heavy oils.

Equation of State PVT from external DLL

Added a new interface to give user's the ability to program their own equation of state PVT
model and link it to PROSPER.
FLASH.DLL routines updated to closely follow PVT Package calculations. This has resulted
in improved viscosity, liquid densities and phase detection. Stability has improved for low molecular
weight liquids and gas.

ESP's
Emulsion PVT applied to ESP head, power (and consequently) efficiency corrections.
Intake gas fraction sensitivity plot (Dunbar plot).
Tubing automatically terminated at pump depth.
Database report improved.

Inflow Performance
Multi-layer - Upgraded for injection wells.
GAP and MBAL links. IPR points are transferred directly to GAP or saved in a file for MBAL.
SkinAide - new IPR model from ELF

Gaslift Design
Optional checks for rate conformance with IPR during design.
Expanded design options and additional logic for valve closing pressures.
Improved dome pressure temperature correction above 1200 psi.
Design plot shows unloading fluid gradients, actual surface injection pressure and production
rates.
Database report improved.

File handling
Significant reduction in all file sises due to implementation of file compression techniques.
Improved error handling in low space (disk nearly full) situations.
Speed up file reading/writing..

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 49 PROSPER

Error Checking
Improved the checking of equipment entry

Units
Revised to include validation option on main Units screen.
New options added to allow user selection of precision of display,

Reports
Screen reporting more flexible
Font handling problems (with regards to font size) fixed. Printer fonts are now entered as
point sises instead of relative size units. This avoids the need to adjust printer font sises when
changing printers

Batch
Automatic Batch generation of tubing curves(VLP) and inflow curves(IPR) via improved
interface with GAP

ProdMan ( Production Manager)

Provision of visual field modelling with automatic access to PROSPER and capability for
batch mode operation for certain calculations.
(GAP without the modelling and optimisation features)

Calculation / Generate for GAP

Rate logic improved for high rate producers and injectors.

Calculation / System
User selection of sensitivity values on plots.

Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.

Miscellaneous
Plot results in multirate IPR's.
Reset buttons in sensitivity variable selection screen
Screen appearance has been improved to improve layout and readability.
IPR MultiLayer report
Separate units available for Anisotropy, PumpWearFactor, TimeToSurface and Volume
Allow selection of curves to plot in VLP
Store and report Depth Of Injection in gradient sensitivty analysis
Fluid Flow Correlation Parameters report added

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 50

Last file loading option

Previous files loading option.

Version 4.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1994 release.

General
UNIX versions have been shipped for HP 9000 and IBM RISC. Other platforms can be
supported on request.
New program installation procedure build program icon and group automatically.
Stackable keys now supported.

Black Oil PVT

Black oil PVT now handles 100% CO2. (Accuracy verified against measured data)
Composition estimation from Black Oil properties. Estimated composition now used for
calculation of thermodynamic properties (enthalpy, entropy) for choke calculations etc. This improves
the accuracy of the Enthalpy Balance temperature predictions for high GOR cases.
Black oil PVT lookup table file import available.

EOS PVT
EOS PVT input screen editing improved. Now allows input of up to 30 pseudocomponents.
Critical volume is now passed between PVTP and PROSPER. This improves PROSPER
viscosity calculations for some fluids. For old files, Vcrit is estimated using a correlation as before.
EOS algorithms improved and run faster.
EOS oil density now used instead of Standing and Katz.

System I Equipment
Sketches of both surface and downhole equipment can be drawn from the summary screen.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD, Length or X,Y co-ordinates.

Inflow Performance
Relative permeability can be optionally used in oil IPR calculations. PROSPER allows entry
relative permeability curves and the water cut at a test rate. PROSPER now calculates IPR
sensitivities for water cut.
Fractured well IPR improved for both short and long flowing times.
Horizontal well - friction dP. This major development allows modelling of horizontal well
accounting for friction loss, gravel packs for oil, gas and condensate.
Multi-layer - Layer dP. A network algorithm is used to solve multi layer IPR while accounting
for pressure differences between layers. Available for oil now, gas and condensate in Summer 95.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 51 PROSPER

Matching
IPR matching facility added. Allows IPR to be compared to matched test pressures. This is
a useful graphical means to find reservoir pressures and to examine changes in well condition and
quality control the well model.
Match data screen re-worked to allow cut and paste to/from windows clipboard. Match data
comment field added.

Calculation / Inflow
A new Inflow section has been added. This enables sensitivities for IPR variables to be
quickly calculated without the need to calculate the VLP also (System calculation).
The range of sensitivity variables has been expanded with completion design in mind.
User selected rates can be now be Generated if required. This is useful for IPR sensitvities
when Automatic rates are determined by the AOF for the base case. Sensitivity variables values can
be Generated also.

Calculation / System
The range of outputs displayed expanded to include wellhead temperature, pressure loss
components, gas injection depth.

Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Range of sensitivity variables expanded.

Calculation / VLP
Lift curve variables are sorted and filtered so that only valid sensitivity variable are considered.
Number of VLP table entries increased from 1296 to 10,000
Increased range of VLP variables and simulator formats supported. (COMP3 VIP & MORE)
For oil wells, VLP can be calculated in terms of gas rates
VLP algorithms improved for very high GOR.
Additional VLP correlations - Petroleum Experts 2 (improved loading rate calculations) and
Duns and Ros Original.

Calculation / Choke
General purpose choke tool can find: flow rate, pressure drop or choke size. Calculation
based on thermodynamic principles, not empirical correlations.

Calculation / Generate for GAP

Now active even if PROSPER has not been called from GAP. This allows an engineer to
work with PROSPER independently of GAP.
For naturally flowing wells, 5 generate pressures can be input and calculated.
Generates performance curves for both injection and flowing wells.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 52

Design / Gaslift design

Design logic has been improved and greater flexibility in design methods is provided.
Fixed mandrel depth design selects the best location for unloading valves from a list of pre-
set mandrel depths.

Design / ESP design

Current (1992) motor characteristics for REDA motors included in database.
ESP Inc. motor and pump data included in database

1.8 Examples Guide

The example guide in Chapter 3 of this manual contains a collection of tutorials
designed to help jump-start the use of PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:

Integrated Oil Well Model

Basic Tutorials for Naturally Flowing Wells
PVT Matching Tutorials
Pipeline Tutorial
Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials
Skin and Sand Control Tutorials
Well Test Matching Tutorials
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting Artificially Lifted Wells
Tutorials on Compositional Modelling
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance Studies
Tutorials on Special Topics

Integrated Well-bore Model

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
00 Integrated oil well model T00_Integrated_Oil_Well.OUT

Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
01 Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer T01_Basic_Oil_Well.OUT
02 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T02_Basic_Gas_Well.OUT
03 Modelling a Water Injection Well T03_Water_Injector.OUT
04 Modelling a Gas Injection Well T04_Gas_Injector.OUT

PVT Matching
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 53 PROSPER

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
05 Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer T05_PVT_Match_Oil_Well.OUT
06 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T06_PVT_Match_Gas_Well.OUT

Pipeline Tutorial

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
07 Modelling a Surface Pipeline T07_Modelling_Surface_Pipeline.O
UT

Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
08 Modelling a Darcy IPR T08_Darcy_IPR_Model.OUT
09 Modelling an IPR using SPOT T09_SPOT_lPR_Model.OUT
10 Modelling a Horizontal Well T10_Modelling_A_Horizontal_Well.
OUT
11 Modelling a Multilayer Well with dP Loss inT11_Modelling_A_Multilayer_Well.
Wellbore OUT
12 Modelling a Multilateral Gas Producer T12_Modelling_A_Multilateral_Wel
l.OUT

Skin and Sand Control Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
13 Modelling Skin T13_Modelling_Skin.OUT
14 Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack T14_Modelling_A_GravelPack.OUT
15 Modelling a 'frac and pack' well T15_Frac_And_Pack_Oil_Well.OUT
16 Modelling a well with wire-wrapped screens T16_Modelling_Wire_Wrapped_scr
een.out
17 Modelling a well with pre-packed screens T17_Modelling_PrePacked_Screen.
OUT
18 Modelling a well with slotted liners T18_Modelling_A_Slotted_Liners.o
ut

Well Test Matching Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
19 Matching a Naturally Flowing Oil Well Test T19_Matching_Well_Test_For_Oil_Well

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 54

.OUT
20 Matching a Gas Well Test T20_Matching_Well_Test_For_Gas_Wel
l.OUT
21 Matching a Water Injection Well Test T21_Matching_Water_Injection_Well_T
est.OUT
22 Matching a Gas Injection Well Test T22_Matching_Gas_Injection_Well_Tes
ts.OUT

Artificial Lift Design Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
23 Continuous Gas lift design T23_Continuous_GasLift_Design.OUT
24 Intermittent Gas Lift Design T24_Intermittent_GasLift_Design.OUT
25 Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design T25_Coiled_Tubing_Gas_Lift_Design.O
UT
26 Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESP_Design.OUT
producer
27 Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSP_Design.OUT
producer
28 Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_Sucker_Rod_Design.OUT
producer
29 Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCP_Design.OUT
producer
30 Diluent Injection tutorial T30_Diluent_Injection_with_GasLift.O
UT
31 Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_Modelling_Surface_Multiphase_P
single well ump.OUT
32 Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT32_Designing_A_Jet_Pump.OUT
producer

Tutorials on Trouble-shooting of Artificially Lifted Wells

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
33 Tutorial 33a - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted T33_GasLift_QuickLook.OUT
Well
34 Trouble-shooting an ESP-Lifted Well T34_ESP_Quicklook.OUT
35 Trouble-shooting an HSP-Lifted Well T35_HSP_Quicklook.OUT
36 Trouble-shooting a Sucker Rod Lifted Well No reference file

Compositional Modelling Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 55 PROSPER

37 Fully Compositional Retrograde Condensate T37_Compostional_Condensate_We

Well ll.Out
38 Validation of the Black Oil PVT Model for a T38_BO_Condensate_Validation.Ou
Retrograde Condensate Producer t
39 Fully compositional CO2 injection well T39_Compostional_CO2_Injector.Ou
t

Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance studies

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
40 Full Enthalpy Balance Example T40_Enthalpy_Balance.OUT
41 Improved Approximation Tutorial T41_Improved_Approximation.OUT
42 Modelling a Steam Injection Well T42_Steam_Injector.OUT
43 General Flow Assurance Features T43_Flow Assurance.OUT

Tutorials on Special Topics

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
44 Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids T44_Modelling_Non_Newtonian_Fl
uids.OUT
45 Modelling a Coal Bed Methane (CBM) Water T45_CBM_Dewatering_Well.OUT
Producer
46 Modelling Emulsions T46_Modelling_An_Emulsion.OUT
47 Gas Lift in a Gas Well T47_Gas_Lift_For_Gas_Wells.OUT
48 Foam Lift T48_Foam_Lift.OUT

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

Chapter

2
 57 PROSPER

2 User Guide
This user guide is subdivided in the following sections:

Introduction
File Menu
Options Menu
PVT Menu
Equipment data input
IPR Data Input
Artificial Lift Data Input
Matching menu
Calculation Menu
Design menu
Output Menu
Units
Wizard
Help Menu
Appendix

2.1 Introduction
Welcome to PROSPER, Petroleum Experts Limited's advanced PROduction and
Systems PERformance analysis software. PROSPER can assist the production or
reservoir engineer to predict tubing and pipeline hydraulics and temperatures with
accuracy and speed. PROSPER's powerful sensitivity calculation features enable
existing designs to be optimised and the effects of future changes in system parameters
to be assessed.

By separately modelling each component of the producing well system, then allowing the
user to verify each model subsystem by performance matching, PROSPER ensures that
the calculations are as accurate as possible. Once a system model has been tuned to
real field data, PROSPER can be confidently used to model the well in different scenarios
and to make forward predictions of reservoir pressure based on surface production
data.

2.1.1 PROSPER and Systems Analysis

PROSPER can help E&P companies to maximise their production earnings by providing
the engineering means to critically analyse the performance of individual producing or
injecting wells. Each well system component that contributes to overall performance is
separately modelled. Fluid properties, inflow performance, pressure drop in the tubing

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 58

and pressure losses in the surface gathering system are individually evaluated,
analysed, validated and calibrated against recorded performance data whenever
possible.

Well potential and producing pressure losses are both dependent on fluid (PVT)
properties. The accuracy of systems analysis calculations is therefore dependent on the
accuracy of the fluid properties model (i.e. PVT). The pressure drop in a pipeline or
wellbore is the summation of 3 components:
Gravity head
Friction loss
Acceleration

ptotal pgravity p friction pacceleration

i.e.

The gravity component is due to the density of the fluid mixture at each point in the
system and is a complex function of the relative velocity of the phases present.
PROSPER makes a flash computation at each calculation step to determine the
proportion of oil, water and gas present. The no-slip density is then calculated using the
proportions of each phase and the predicted density at each pressure and temperature
step.

Industry standard 2-phase and 3-phase correlations are then applied to determine the
increase in apparent fluid density due to the higher vertical velocity of gas compared to
oil and water (slippage). The gravity head loss is proportional to the fluid density
corrected for slip. The slip correction to be applied depends on the flow regime, fluid
velocity etc. The need for an accurate PVT description for predicting the gravity head
loss becomes obvious.

Friction losses are controlled by fluid viscosity and geometric factors (pipe diameter and
roughness). In the majority of oilfield applications (i.e. large elevation difference
between inlet and outlet with liquids present) the gravitational component normally
accounts for around 90% of the overall head loss. Therefore, the total pressure drop
function may often not be particularly sensitive to the value of the friction loss coefficient.

The acceleration component is usually small except in systems involving significant fluid
expansion. However, it is accounted for in all PROSPER calculations.

Historically, systems analysis software has lumped all flowing pressure loss terms
together and allowed the user to match real data by adjusting the roughness coefficient
of the friction loss term. This will certainly achieve a match for a particular rate, but
cannot be expected to achieve a match over a significant range of rates due to the
different dependencies of the gravity and friction loss terms on liquid velocity.

The recommended engineering approach when modelling wells and / or pipelines

response with PROSPER is to first construct a robust PVT model for the fluid. The
process consists when possible of entering laboratory PVT data and adjusting the black
oil correlation model to fit the measured data while respecting the fluid thermodynamics.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 59 PROSPER

This approach consistently improves the accuracy of forward prediction.

In essence, an accurate PVT model confines any uncertainty in the gravity loss term
to the slip correction only.

In the VLP matching phase, PROSPER divides the total pressure loss into friction and
gravity components and uses a non-linear regression technique to separately optimise
the value of each component. Not only does the matching process result in a more
accurate model, it will quickly highlight inconsistencies in either the PVT or equipment
description.

Provided sufficiently accurate field data is available, robust PVT, IPR and VLP models
can be achieved by validating and calibrating the models against actual performance.
Each model component is separately validated, therefore dependency on other
components of the well model is eliminated. Understanding potential deterioration in
well performance is simplified with such a consistent process that ultimately helps to
reduce the number of unknowns.

2.1.2 About PROSPER

PROSPER can predict either Pressure Only or Pressure and Temperature. The
Pressure Only option makes PROSPER a "Systems Analysis" package in the traditional
sense. In Pressure Only mode, the fluid temperature profile within the well must be
inputted by the user. Temperature data is normally recorded whenever a pressure
survey is made, as the temperature is required to correct the downhole pressure
readings.

The Pressure and Temperature calculation option will generate both temperature and
pressure profiles. Three temperature models are provided.

The Rough Approximation model utilises a user-input overall heat transfer coefficient. It
determines the steady state temperature profile from the mass flow rates of oil, water
and gas before commencing the pressure loss calculations. This method runs quickly,
but unless calibrated using measured temperature data, it is not accurate.

The Enthalpy Balance model calculates the heat transfer coefficients at each
calculation step by considering heat flow and enthalpy changes. The Joule Thompson
effect, conduction,free convection, forced convection and radiation are modelled. These
calculations require considerably more input data than for pressure only calculations and
must commence from a known temperature and pressure (the sand face for producers,
or wellhead for injectors). Computation times are longer than for the Rough
Approximation option, but this method is predictive and gives accurate results over a
wide range of conditions.
The Enthalpy Balance model is completely transient and can be used to study
temperature changes over time.

Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 60

Long pipelines transporting retrograde condensate.

Subsea wells with long flowlines
High pressure/temperature exploration wells
Predicting temperature/pressure profiles for flow assurance studies: prediction of
wax/hydrate deposits

The production riser is properly accounted for by PROSPER. The user-input riser
geometry determines the heat loss coefficients calculated by the program between the
seabed and wellhead.

The Improved Approximation is a full Enthalpy Balance model, with the difference that
the heat exchange coefficient is not calculated but defined by the user along the
completion. Like the Enthalpy Balance model, the Joule Thompson effect is accounted
for.

PROSPER is also able to predict condensate liquid drop out using either black oil or
compositional models.

PROSPER uses a "Smart Menu" system meaning that only data relevant to a particular
problem need to be entered.

The flow chart below gives an outline of the calculation steps required to carry out a
simple systems analysis using PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 61 PROSPER

2.1.3 Using PROSPER

These are the main features available in PROSPER:

1. PROSPER is a fundamental element in the Integrated Production Model (IPM)

as defined by Petroleum Experts as it creates a robust well model which can be
linked to GAP (the production network optimisation program for gathering system

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 62

modelling) and linked to MBAL (the reservoir engineering and modelling tool
which allows for making fully integrated total system modelling and production
forecasting).

2. The PVT section in PROSPER can compute fluid properties using standard black
oil correlations and these black oil correlations can be modified to better fit
measured lab data. PROSPER also allows detailed PVT data in the form of tables
to be imported for use in the calculations. A third option is to use the Equation of
State method. This option allows the user to enter the equation of state model
parameters and uses the standard Peng-Robinson or SRK EoS models to
generate properties given a multi-stage separator scheme. With this option the
users can also import all PVT data in the form of tables, which could have been
generated using their own proprietary EoS models.

3. The tool can be used to model reservoir inflow performance (IPR) for single layer,
multi-layered, or multilateral wells with complex and highly deviated completions,
optimising all aspects of a completion design including perforation details and
gravel packing.

4. It can be used to accurately predict both pressure and temperature profiles in

producing wells, injection wells, across chokes and along risers and flow lines.

5. The sensitivity calculations capabilities allow the engineer to model and easily
optimise tubing configuration, choke and surface flow line performance.

6. It can be used to design, optimise and troubleshoot the following artificial lift
systems: gas lifted, coiled tubing, ESP, PCP, HSP (hydraulic pump), Jet pump,
Diluent Injection, Diluent Injection with gas lift, Diluent Injection with ESPs, Foam
Lift and Sucker Rod pump equipped wells.

7. The choke calculator can be used to predict flow rates given the choke size, or
the choke size for a specified production rate and of course, the pressure drop
across a known choke at a specified rate. It can also be used to generate choke
performance curves.

8. The Valve Performance calculator can be used to predict the valve response
including the throttling of the closing valve stem.

9. The multiphase flow correlations implemented can be adjusted to match

measured field data to generate vertical lift performance curves (VLP) for use in
simulators and network models.

10.The tool can utilise externally programmed dynamic link libraries (DLL) for
multiphase flow correlations, Equation of State (EOS) PVT calculations, choke
calculations, Inflow (IPR) models, HSP Gas De-Rating models and proprietary
viscosity models (both Newtonian and non-Newtonian) .

11.The tool can be used in a matching or predictive mode. Matching of real data is

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 63 PROSPER

available in the PVT, IPR, Gradient matching and VLP matching sections.

In matching mode, real data can be entered and matched using non-linear
regression methods to create custom correlations that fit the input data.
In predictive mode, the correlations created can be used to make
estimates of future well performance.

12.PROSPER can be used to model complex (topographically) and extensive (in

length) surface pipelines. Complex steady state slug analysis can also be
performed by taking into account slug build up and decay due to pipeline
topography, giving an indication of expected slug length and frequency. Pigging
calculations are also available

13.Black Oil PVT tables can be imported directly into PROSPER. The black oil tables
can be generated by Petroleum Experts’ PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program or from from any third-party application, provided it has the right format
(*.PTB file). Equally, compositional models can also be directly imported as
*.PRP file.

14.A flexible and fully customisable units system is implemented in PROSPER. Data
may be input using one set of units and output using a second set of units.
Validation limits and display resolution can be independently set for each
variable type.

15.It has the utility for flagging of potential hydrate formation, if the user chooses this
in the options. The additional input required for this calculation is the hydration
formation tables as a part of the black oil PVT description. The hydrate and wax
models are readily available if the fluid model in PROSPER is compositional. Note
that one can also use Petroleum Experts’ PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program to predict waxes and hydrates appearance conditions. A compositional
PROSPER model or PVTP can be used to generate hydrate formation tables.

16.The following situations can be modelled:

Fluid Type:
Oil and Water (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Dry and Wet Gas (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil or Equation of State PVT)
Emulsion viscosity can be optionally applied for any combination of inflow,
tubing and ESP’s or HSP’s.
Separation mode: Single or Two Stage separation or Multistage (for
Compositional model)
Modelling of non-Newtonian fluids for oil wells
Modelling of condensed water vapour for gas wells

Well Flow Configuration:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 64

Tubing or Annular flow or Tubing + Annular flow

Producer or Injector

Artificial Lift Method:

Naturally flowing well
Gas lifted well (continuous and intermittent)
Electric submersible pump (ESP)
Hydraulic drive downhole pump (HSP)
Progressive Cavity Pumps
Jet Pumps
Gas Lift with Coiled Tubing
Diluent Injection
Diluent Injection with Gas Lift
Diluent Injection with ESP lift
Foam Lift
Multiphase Pumps
Sucker Rod Pumps

Prediction Type:
Pressure Only
Pressure and Temperature Offshore
Pressure and Temperature on Land

Temperature Model:
Enthalpy Balance with or without steam
Rough Approximation
Improved Approximation with or without steam

Completion:
Cased Hole
Open Hole

Sand control:
Gravel Pack
Pre-packed screen
Wire wrapped screen
Slotted liner
Sand failure

Reservoir:
Single Well
Multi-lateral Well in a Multi-layered Reservoir
Gas Coning (Rate dependent GOR calculator)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 65 PROSPER

2.1.4 Examples
To help illustrate the power of PROSPER, examples are provided with the program.
We suggest to run through them to become familiar with the program and its various
options.

The user guide provides the user with tutorials covering various dexterity and
engineering topics showing how to build, match and use a well model. All the completed
example files are in the folder ~\samples\PROSPER , where Petroleum Experts
software is installed. The location of this directory depends on where the program has
been installed.

A step by step guide is included in the Examples section of the user guide. The PDF
version of the user guide including the worked examples can be found in the folder ~pdf
\prosper where Petroleum Experts software in installed.

Below are a full list of the different tutorials which are available in the PROSPER User
Guide.

The tutorials are grouped by subjects:

Integrated Oil Well Model

Basic Tutorials for Naturally Flowing Wells
PVT Matching Tutorials
Pipeline Tutorial
Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials
Skin and Sand Control Tutorials
Well Test Matching Tutorials
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting Artificially Lifted Wells
Tutorials on Compositional Modelling
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance Studies
Tutorials on Special Topics

Integrated Well-bore Model

Tutorial Description Reference File

00 Integrated oil well model T00_Integrated_Oil_Well.OUT

Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

Tutorial Description Reference File

01 Modelling an Naturally Flowing OilT01_Basic_Oil_Well.OUT
Producer
02 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T02_Basic_Gas_Well.OUT
03 Modelling a Water Injection Well T03_Water_Injector.OUT

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 66

04 Modelling a Gas Injection Well T04_Gas_Injector.OUT

PVT Matching

Tutorial Description Reference File

05 Modelling an Naturally Flowing OilT05_PVT_Match_Oil_Well.OUT
Producer
06 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T06_PVT_Match_Gas_Well.OUT

Pipeline Tutorial

Tutorial Description Reference File

07 Modelling a Surface Pipeline T07_Surface_Pipeline.OUT

Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

08 Modelling a Darcy IPR T08_Darcy_IPR.OUT
09 Modelling an IPR using SPOT T09_SPOT_lPR.OUT
10 Modelling a Horizontal Well T10_Horizontal_Well_IPR.OUT
11 Modelling a Multilayer Well with dP Loss inT11_Multilayer_Well_IPR.OUT
Wellbore
12 Modelling a Multilateral Gas Producer T12_Multilateral_Gas_IPR.OUT

Skin and Sand Control Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

13 Using an Analytical Skin Model T13_Skin_Modelling.OUT
14 T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
15 Modelling a 'frac and pack' well T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT
16 T14_OilWellwithPre-
Modelling a well with pre-packed screen
PackedScreen.out
17 Modelling a well with slotted liners T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT
18 Modelling a well with wire-wrapped T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScre
screens ens.out

Well Test Matching Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

19 Matching a Naturally Flowing Oil Well Test T19_Matching_An_Oil_Well_Test.O
UT
20 Matching a Gas Well Test T20_Matching_A_Gas_Well_Test.OU
T
21 Matching a Water Injection Well Test T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellT
est.OUT

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 67 PROSPER

22 Matching a Gas Injection Well Test T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTes

t.OUT

Artificial Lift Design Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

23 Continuous Gas lift design T23_Continuous_Gas_Lift_Design.
OUT
24 Intermittent Gas Lift Design T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.OU
T
25 Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design T25_Coiled_Tubing_Gas_Lift_Desig
n.OUT
26 Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESP_Design.OUT
producer
27 Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSPDesign.OUT
producer
28 Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
producer
29 Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCPDesign.OUT
producer
30 Diluent Injection tutorial T30_DiluentInjection.OUT
31 Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_MultiphasePumpOnseabed.O
single well UT
32 Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT32_Jet_Pump.OUT
producer
33 Modelling a Gas Lifted Gas Well T33_GasLifted_Gas_Well.OUT

Tutorials on Trouble-shooting of Artificially Lifted Wells

Tutorial Description Reference File

34 Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well T33_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
35 Trouble-shooting an ESP-Lifted Well T34_ESP_Quicklook.OUT
36 Trouble-shooting an HSP-Lifted Well T35_HSPQuicklook.OUT
37 Trouble-shooting a Sucker Rod Lifted Well No reference file

Compositional Modelling Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

38 Fully Compositional Retrograde T37_CompostionalCondensateWell.
Condensate Well Out
39 Validation of the Black Oil PVT Model for T38_BOCondensateValidation.Out
a Retrograde Condensate Producer
40 Fully compositional CO2 injection well T39_CompostionalCO2Injector.Out

Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance studies

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 68

Tutorial Description Reference File

41 General flow assurance features T40_FlowAssurance.OUT
42 Full Enthalpy Balance Example T41_Enthalpy_Balance.OUT
43 Improved Approximation Tutorial T42_Improved_Approximation.OUT
44 Modelling a Steam Injection Well T43_Steam_Injection.OUT

Tutorials on Special Topics

Tutorial Description Reference File

45 Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids T44_Non_Newtonian_Fluid.OUT
46 Modelling a Coal Bed Methane (CBM) T45_CBM_Water_Producer.OUT
Water Producer
47 Modelling Emulsions T46_Oil_With_Emulsion.OUT

2.2 PROSPER Main Menu

All PROSPER functions are listed as menu options. Simply select the required menu and
choose an item from the list displayed. This will activate an option or display the
relevant screen.

Problem solving with PROSPER is approached systematically by working from left to

right through the main menu. Calculation menus are activated only when the necessary
input data has been entered.

To start PROSPER, select the appropriate icon and press or double-click the program
icon. A screen similar to the following will appear:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 69 PROSPER

The menu options across the top of the screen are the PROSPER main menu options.
Each is described below.

2.2.1 File
The File menu is a management menu with commands that enables to open, save or
create new data files.

It is possible to use this menu to define the default data directory, printer set-ups options
and hook in external DLLs. A facility for accessing other Windows programs via
PROSPER is also provided.

2.2.2 Options
The Options menu is the starting point of PROSPER and the key to the program.

Use this menu to define the application and principal well features such as - prediction
method, artificial lift type and fluid type. The options selected are unique to the current
file and apply until changed by the user, or another file is recalled. These options also
determine the subsequent screens, menus and commands that are displayed.

2.2.3 PVT
The PVT menu is used to define well fluid properties and select fluid property
correlations.

PVT correlations can be modified to match laboratory-measured data using a non-linear

regression technique. Alternatively, detailed PVT data may be entered in tables or a
characterised composition can be imported for use with an Equation of State model.

2.2.4 System
The System menu is used to define the well's down-hole and surface equipment as well
as the reservoir inflow performance.

When applicable, equipment data for artificial lift methods are also entered in this menu.

2.2.5 Matching
The Matching menu allows comparison of field data with calculated pressure drops in
well tubing and surface piping. All available correlations can be compared to allow
selection of the model that best suits the field conditions.

The QUICKLOOK feature is used to troubleshoot existing artificial lift installations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 70

2.2.6 Calculation
The Calculation menu provides the user with the relevant calculation options.
Calculations to determine well performance, pressure and temperature profiles in the
wellbore, to perform sensitivity analyses, carry out gradient comparisons and generate
lift curve tables are available in this menu.

2.2.7 Design
ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps, Multiphase Pumps sizing as well as
gas lift mandrel placement and valve setting pressure calculations, coiled tubing and
diluents injection are available from the Design menu. Access to the databases that
hold gas lift valves, ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps equipment
characteristics is via the Design menu also.

2.2.8 Output
The Output menu is used to generate reports, to export data and to plot data. Report
templates are provided and user templates can also be defined. The data used can be
input data, analysis data, results or plots. Reports can be saved in various file formats
(RTF, TXT and native) and can be displayed or sent to a printer. Export data can be
viewed on screen, sent to the Windows clipboard, sent to a printer or saved in a file.
Plots can be printed directly, saved to a report file or a Windows metafile. Selected
plots can also be sent to the clipboard where they can be retrieved by other Windows-
based programs.

2.2.9 Wizard
This menu accesses the wizard area of PROSPER. This allows to Create/Edit and Run
wizards that allow the user to build and run models in a step-by-step guided fashion.

2.2.10 Units
This menu is used to define the input and output units of measurement. A flexible
system of units is provided allowing the user to customise the internal units system.

2.2.11 Help
Provides on-line help for PROSPER. The user can get help on specific tasks, fields or
commands. Help is also given on the keyboard and miscellaneous Windows
commands.

2.2.12 Colour Coded Data Validation

Screens are now colour coded to illustrate if the data is within the validation range (green), at the
limit of the validation range (orange) or outside the validation range (red).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 71 PROSPER

2.3 File Menu

This section describes the menus, options and procedures used in PROSPER to create
new files and open or save existing files.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 72

The File menu provides additional options such as defining the default data directory, as
well as the facility to establish links to other programs running under Windows.

PROSPER will (optionally) open the last file accessed when it starts. PROSPER also
displays a file status screen that shows the application options selected in summary
format: input PVT and IPR data, the equipment type summary and the analysis output.

To protect the work, good practice is to save the file on a regular basis. This simple
procedure could potentially prevent hours of input and analysis being lost.

2.3.1 PROSPER Files

PROSPER uses a flexible file structure that enables data to be easily exchanged
between files and other application programs. In PROSPER information is grouped into
the following categories:
PVT Data System Input Data
Analysis Data Output Data

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 73 PROSPER

and saved into the following types of data file:

2.3.1.1 PVT Data (*.PVT)

File containing the well fluid data, PVT match data and any PVT tables entered under
the PVT menu.

It is possible to save PVT files separately under different names, and use them with
other input, analysis and output files in PROSPER. This feature is useful when analysing
a number of wells from the same producing pool.

The .PVT file can be also imported/exported in/from MBAL models.

2.3.1.2 Input Data (*.SIN)
The *.SIN file contain all the options selected under the Options menu, in addition to the
well IPR and equipment data entered under the System menu. When an input file is
opened or saved, the program automatically opens and saves a .PVT file with the same
name.
2.3.1.3 Analysis Data (*.ANL)
This *.ANL file contains all the information from the *.SIN file along with all the sensitivity
input data for the calculations selected under the Calculation or Design menus. When
an analysis file is opened and saved, the program automatically opens and saves a
.PVT & .SIN file with the same name. GAP manipulates .ANL files to batch calculate well
lift curves.
2.3.1.4 Output Data (*.OUT)
This file contains all the inputs and all the results of the calculations. When an output file
is saved, then program automatically saves a .PVT, .SIN & .ANL file of the same name.
The *.OUT file can be seen as the master PROSPER file.

PROSPER files are ranked by their order of input, which essentially reflects the way data
should be entered into the program, that is from the LEFT to the RIGHT of the PROSPER
menu. It is possible to note that the order of files also corresponds to the options on the
menu bar as one is navigating through the program.

The file hierarchy does not prevent the user from creating and combining any number of
input and output data files. Until the user becomes familiar with the program, we
recommend to work with *.OUT files. This can avoid confusion as the program will
automatically open and save the required data files to run a complete analysis cycle.

More experienced users can take advantage of the flexible file structure to combine the
data files from different wells. This "sharing" of data is useful in areas where wells have
similar fluid properties or reservoir IPR's. If disk space is a concern, the data contained
in a .ANL file together with its complementary .PVT and .SIN files can be used to re-
create a given set of calculation outputs, therefore avoiding the need to always save
large .OUT files on disk.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 74

For example, if one wants to run an analysis with the PVT data of Well 1, the input data
(*.SIN) data of Well 2, and the analysis data of Well 3, the following steps can be
followed to achieve that:
Open Well 2.SIN
Recall Well 1.PVT under the PVT menu.
Under the Options menu, select the processing options.
Modify the data files if necessary.
Next, select the Save As command and save the data under a new file
name.

It is possible to set up PROSPER so that only the *.OUT file is saved in the File |
Preferences | File screen. More information on this option can be found in the
Preferences Section.
2.3.1.5 Creating a New File
While working with PROSPER, new input or output data files can be created at any time.
To create a new file select File | New from the main menu. This command does not
actually create a new and separate file, but re-initialises the program input/output data.
2.3.1.6 Opening an Existing File
Existing data files can be opened quickly and easily at any time during the current
working session. To open a file, from the File menu choose the Open option. It is
possible to select one of the following file types:

Input Data (. SIN)

Input and Analysis Data (. ANL)
Input, Analysis and Output Data (. OUT)

by using the “Files of Type” dropdown box.

The file open dialogue is exactly the same as in any Windows program.

2.3.1.7 Saving a File

When files are opened in PROSPER, the program copies the selected file into the
computer's memory. Any changes to the file are made to the copy in memory. In the
event of a power failure or computer crash, these changes would be completely lost. To
prevent this, we recommend to save the data on a regular basis and especially before
quitting the program.

The Save command stores all the changes made in the active file. By default, the Save

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 75 PROSPER

command saves a file under its original name and to the drive and directory last
selected. A prompt will be displayed to select one of the following file types:

Input Data (.SIN)

Automatically saves the input file and corresponding .PVT file.

Input and Analysis Data (.ANL)

Automatically saves the analysis data and corresponding .SIN & .PVT data
files.

Input, Analysis and Output Data (.OUT)

Automatically saves the output results and corresponding .SIN, .PVT & .ANL
files if a file of the same name exists in the selected directory, the file is
overwritten. To avoid overwriting an existing file, use the Save As command
and enter a different file name.

2.3.1.8 Copying a File

The Save As command allows to make more than one copy or version of an existing file.

This command is the same as in any other program running under Windows and allows
to save the PROSPER model in any of the file formats (.SIN, .ANL, .OUT).

2.3.2 New
This will create a new PROSPER file and reinitialise all program input/out data.
2.3.3 Open
Use this option in order to recall a previously saved file. You can specify which type of
file using the "Files of Type" dropdown combo box. The options available are
OUTPUT data file (*.OUT)
ANALYSIS data file (*.ANL)
INPUT data file (*.SIN)

INPUT data The data recalled will be all input data plus the name of its associated
file PVT(.pvt) file which will be automatically opened and read
ANALYSIS The data recalled will be all input data for the analysis section plus the
data file name of its associated input (.sin) file which will be automatically opened
and read. The PVT(.pvt) file associated with the input (.sin) file will also be
opened and read
OUTPUT The data recalled will be all the calculated results plus the name of its
data file associated ANL file which will be automatically opened and read. The
SIN file associated with the ANL file will also be opened and read as will
the PVT file associated with the SIN file.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 76

The current directory will be determined by the setting you have selected on the
Preference | File.

To open a file, point and click the filename to recall and press <Enter> or click on
Continue. The alternative method of opening a file is to double-click on the file name. If
the file you want is not listed, it is possible that:
It is in a different sub-directory.
It is on a different drive.
It is of a different file type.

2.3.4 Save
This option will save the calculated results using the current filename (as displayed in
the caption bar of all screens).

The file save is hierarchical in action : saving a particular file type will save all the
dependent files underneath it. For example, saving an ANL file will cause the program
to automatically save SIN and PVT files using the exact same file name except for the
file extension. If any dependent file already exists you will be prompted to confirm the
overwrite before the program proceeds.

The file hierarchy is OUT - ANL - SIN - PVT.

The current directory will be determined by the setting you have selected on the
Preference | File.

To save a file, point and click the filename to recall and press <Enter> or click on
Continue. The alternative method of saving a file is to double-click on the file name.
2.3.5 Save As
This option will save the calculated results after you have chosen the filename you
require. This can be an existing one or a new one you want to create.

The file save is hierarchical in action : saving a particular file type will save all the
dependent files underneath it. For example, saving an ANL file will cause the program
to automatically save SIN and PVT files using the exact same file name except for the
file extension. If any dependent file already exists you will be prompted to confirm the
overwrite before the program proceeds.

The file hierarchy is OUT - ANL - SIN - PVT.

The current directory will be determined by the setting you have selected on the
Preference | File.

To save a file, point and click the filename to recall and press <Enter> or click on
Continue. The alternative method of saving a file is to double-click on the file name.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 77 PROSPER

2.3.6 Import
2.3.6.1 Import Files
The import file utility an be used to import WellFlow RTF Report and PipeSim Import
files types into a PROSPER (*.OUT) file type.

2.3.6.2 Convert - Selection

Choose which files to convert either:

Convert Selected Files or

Convert All Files
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 78

OK to complete the file import/conversion

Cancel to abandon the file import and go back to the

previous screen.
Help to see this screen.

2.3.6.3 Add Import Type

This options enables the user to add a File Import DLL to the program. This DLL can be
used to import data from a known proprietary format. This DLL can be created and
maintained by the user and would for example prove to be a useful for importing files
from an in-house program.

A DLL correlation framework can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a File Import DLL to add to the system
Remove Remove the currently highlighted File Import DLL from the system.
Help View this screen.

2.3.7 Preferences
The 'Preferences' screen is used to customise the program to the particular
requirements. Click the File | Preferences menu to customise PROSPER. Click on the
appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to change the option require.
The various tabs are described below:
2.3.7.1 Main Screen
Use this tab to customise the PROSPER front screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 79 PROSPER

This tab is used to customise the appearance of the PROSPER main screen and all data
entry (dialogue) screens.

This changes the font type and size used to display all data entry
Dialogue screens. This may be useful to make all dialogues smaller in case of a
low-resolution screen or larger to improve readability in case of a high-
Font
resolution screen. Use the Reset button to reset the dialogue screen
font to its default value.
Selecting On the screen status information will be continuously
Status displayed and updated during the program usage. Selecting Off the
Screen screen status information screen will not be displayed (apart from
whenever a new file is opened).
If the font height is modified then an attempt is made to scale the font
so that all information displayed in each panel on the status screen will
Font Height be visible. This will vary depending on the relative size of the program
window to the total screen. If the font height is not modified then some
information may not be displayed as the size of the program window is
varied.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 80

Screen Font Use this option to change the font type and size used to display
information on the status (front) screen of the program.
Label Colour Change the colour used to display labels on the status screen
Text Colour Change the colour used to display text on the status screen
Background Change the colour used for the background of the status screen

Box Colour Change the colour used for the background of each panel on the status
screen

Box Shadow Change the colour used for the 3D shadow effect on the status screen
panels
Box Change the colour used for the 3D-highlight effect on the status screen
Highlight panels
Options to display the file name in the main program toolbar. It is
FileName possible to visualise the file name with/without the complete path, or a
Option certain number of characters ot not visualise it at all. The changes will
have effect as soon as a file is loaded
Length of Active only if the FileName Option Compact Path/File to Specified
FileName Length is selected
Analysis
This option changes the way the Analysis Summary is displayed in the
Summary
PROSPER main screen
Columns
Show Well Selecting Yes enables the Well Schematic to be displayed on the
Schematic PROSPER main screen. Selecting No disables this functionality.

For all of the above “Colour” options the Choose button to the right will bring up a
dialogue screen to select an appropriate colour.

2.3.7.2 File
Use this tab to customise various options relating to file management in PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 81 PROSPER

Use this tab to customise various options relating to file management.

Default Data The directory where data files are normally stored. Use the Browse
Directory buttons to browse for the appropriate directories.

Default Data This option determines the directory that is used as the default in file
dialogue. The choices are either to always use the default data
Directory
directory (see above) or to use the directory of the last file opened or
Choice
saved.
Reload Last
Specifies whether the last file that the user was working with should be
File On Start
automatically reloaded on program start up.
Up
Number of
Specifies the number of previously used files that are to be displayed
File Names
on the file menu.
Saved
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import files
Import Files
Import File
Use this option to define the directory that will be pointed every time
Directory
the file Import function is selected
Choice

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 82

Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import Filter
Import Filters
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of output files from the
Report
reporting subsystem.
Output Files
Location of
User- Use this option to specify the default location of user-created report
Created templates from the reporting subsystem
Report Files
Confirm Switches (on or off) the message that appears at the end of any
Calculations calculation function.

File Switches (on or off) file compression for PROSPER files (OUT, ANL,
Compressio SIN, PVT). Default is off. File reading and writing is slower with
n compression on, but less disk space is used by the file. The user
needs to decide the trade-off between speed and disk space.
File This option switches on/off a confirmation message whenever saving
Overwrite and overwriting an existing file

Save Only With this option set to 'No', when a PROSPER file is saved 4 files
.OUT file (*.OUT, *.ANL, *.SIN and *.PVT) will be saved. If this option is set to
'Yes' only the *.OUT file will be saved.

2.3.7.3 Plot
Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 83 PROSPER

Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.

Show
A symbol will be used to represent each data point in the point
Symbols
Version 12.0 of PROSPER has implemented a new plotting method
across the program. To use this plotting method select 'Yes' or to use
Display New the older plotting method select 'No'.
Plots
If 'Choose' is selected, then the option of which plotting system to use
will be given everything 'Plot' is selected in the main program.
Use Old Plot
This will overwrite the new plotting method with the old plot colours
Colours
X Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on X-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Y Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on Y-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Plot Labels Shows or hides the plot labels.
Plot Scales Shows or hides the plot scales
Plot Legend Shows or hides the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 84

plot will expand to fill the whole window.

Endpoint or rounded. Endpoint means the scales are taken from
Scaling the exact extremities of the data being plotted. Rounded means that
Method ranges are chosen to surround the data but with whole numbers
ensured for the end points and the gridline intervals.
Grid Line
Selects from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.
Type
Mouse
Switches the mouse cursor position readout no or off.
Readout
Date Stamp
Selects to append the current data and time to the plot title or not
Title
Line
To select the thickness of plotted lines
Thickness
Vertical Font Selects the default font for all vertical text (Y-axis)
Horizontal
Selects the default font for all horizontal text
Font
Colours Sets the default colour scheme for old plots

2.3.7.4 User Applications

This tab allows you add up to four of your favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 85 PROSPER

This tab allows to add up to four of the users favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu. Although PROSPER has a very flexible reporting
system, the user may wish to use a spreadsheet (such as EXCEL), a word processor
(such as WORD) and a presentation package (such as Power Point) to build
presentation quality reports using PROSPER output in a slick and efficient manner.
Any output (plots and reports) produced by PROSPER is automatically copied to the
Clipboard. From there it can easily be pasted into one of the above-mentioned
applications using one simple keystroke. Using the power and flexibility of the chosen
application high quality reports and presentations can be easily prepared.
All plots can be saved in Windows Metafile format. These can be easily read by a
word processing package or presentation graphics package and give the maximum
flexibility for user customisation.
All reports can be saved in TSV (Tab Separated Variable) format using the Export
facility that means they will automatically be tabulated when read into the favourite
spreadsheet.

Enter a description and a command line for each application to be added to the
PROSPER menu.

The description is the data that appears on the menu.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 86

The command line is the full path name of the program to execute.

Use the Browse buttons to browse for the application require. Use the Clear buttons
to initialise the appropriate application information.

2.3.7.5 Limits
This tab allows you to specify Limiting Values for the following options.

Use this tab used to set the limits of the calculations in PROSPER

For IPR Generation

Maximum AOF for OIL

Maximum AOF for GAS
Maximum AOF for RETROGRADE
CONDENSATE

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 87 PROSPER

For Performance Curve Generation

Minimum GLR Injected for GAP Performance

Curves

For VLP Generation

It is possible control the display of large VLP values in SYSTEM | VLP calculations.

Twice Reservoir VLP Pressure is only displayed is

VLP Pressure Pressure less than twice the reservoir pressure
Display Limit
Unlimited VLP Pressure is always displayed

VLP MultiVariable Analysis

This option defines the maximum number of

Maximum Number of Rates rates that can be used to calculate the well
VLPs

Maximum Number of This option defines the maximum number of

values that can be used for each sensitivity
Sensitivity Values
variable

For HSP System Calculations (within Design Screen)

These options are used to control the iteration that searches for a solution for the Inflow/
Outflow intersection that ensures that the Pump and Turbine power are equal.

HSP Rate Refinement Tolerance

HSP Pump/Turbine Power
Tolerance
HSP Power Fluid Ratio
HSP Power Fluid Divisor
HSP Iteration Limit

For Gradient Calculations

Calculation Step Length User specified step length

Use Program defaults for correlation step
Use Correlation Step No length
Length
Yes Use user-entered value for the step length

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 88

used by correlations in nodal analysis

For Steam Calculations

It is now possible to select a separate User defined step length which will only be used
when the Steam option is enabled.

Steam Step Length User specified step length

No Use Program defaults for correlation step

length
Use Steam Step Length Use user-entered value for the step length
Yes used by correlations in nodal analysis for
Steam calculations only.

For TPD Files

No No documentation within TPD files

TPD files are documented with
Document TPD Files descriptions of all data. Use this option
Yes
sparingly as it increases the size of the
resultant files considerably.

Calculation Options

Confirm Finished Toggles the calculation finished confirmation

message box

Show While Calculating Toggle if calculations are hidden, shown or if

the option is choosen
Models the bubbling of gas through stagnant
Advanced Annulus Gas water column (For CBM well models only)
Modelling
ref. Flow of Complex Mixtures in Pipes, Govier
and Aziz
Pipeline Only Terminology Method in which pipeline only data is entered

Other Options

This will create a 'HydroChoke.dat' debug file

Debug Choke Model for the HYDRO - Short/Long choke models.
This file is saved in the root directory of the C:
drive.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 89 PROSPER

MWA lift curve format version

2.3.7.6 Units
This tab allows you to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.

This tab allows the user to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.

If setting the option "Always Use Default Units" to "Yes", then the units displayed for any
file read in will always be set to the default choice, regardless of the settings in the file.

Units Database Directory: this is the location where the PROSPER Units database
(PRPUNITS.PXDB) resides.With the browse button one can alter it.

The 'free format number' option sets the precision for all inputs and output data to free.
2.3.7.7 Equipment
This tab allows you to specify the default for equipment in Prosper.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 90

This option defines the default values for the Pipeline and Tubing Roughness that will be
used in the Equipment Data.
2.3.7.8 VPC
VPC stands for Valve Performance Clearinghouse.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 91 PROSPER

For members of the VPC consortium, access to the VPC gas lift valve database is
established through this screen.
2.3.7.9 Correlations
This tab allows you to setup correlation options in PROSPER.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 92

This tab allows the default correlations used in PROSPER to be setup. Correlations can
also be sorted alphabetically .

2.3.8 Software Key Maintenance

The Software Key command activates the Petroleum Experts Remote Utility. This
program allows the user to see what programs are currently enabled, their expiry date,
and user authorisation codes and key number - as can be seen in the screen shot
below.

This utility is also used to enter the authorisation codes that will update or activate the
software key where necessary. For reasons of security, Petroleum Experts normally
sends an inactive software device with the application program. The codes needed to
activate or update the software key are sent separately by e-mail.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 93 PROSPER

This utility is also used to update the software key and to view versions. Software keys
must be updated when new programs or modules are required or the key expiry date
changed.

Entering the Authorisation Code

To enter the authorisation codes, click the Update button. The following screen will
appear:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 94

Enter the codes that have been received from Petroleum Experts from left to right
beginning with the top row. The easiest way to do this is to use the Paste button to copy
the codes from the email sent by Petroleum Experts.

Press Continue to activate the codes or Cancel to quit the code update.

Updating the Software Protection Key

Access to the software automatically ceases when the license expiry date has elapsed.
The user is however, reminded several days in advance, which gives sufficient time to
contact Petroleum Experts to obtain update codes.
This occurs when either:

The software license trial period has ended.

The annual software maintenance fee is due.

Software protection keys also need updating when one acquires new Petroleum

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 95 PROSPER

Experts software packages. The procedure for updating the software key is the same
as described above. When the appropriate screen appears, enter the codes provided -
from left to right beginning with the top row. Press OK to activate the codes, or Cancel
to quit the update. To view the expiry date for any of the enabled programs, click on the
software title.

When receiving new codes, always update every key that belongs to the company.
Subsequent updates may fail if all previously issued codes have not been properly
entered into the key.

One can view the software key driver versions by clicking on the Versions button. The
following screen will appear.

2.3.9 FileList
Use this screen to search for PROSPER files anywhere in the system.

Browse a directory, then enter the Patter (file format, for example: *.OUT to load all the
PROSPER files) and then Load Files to visualise all the PROSPER files contained within
the selected directory. Information about the files will be imported as well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 96

2.3.10 File Compare

This feature allows two PROSPER files to be compared so that differences in the input
data can be seen. It is accessed via File | File Compare.

Potential uses of this feature are:

1. For version control purposes

2. For troubleshooting purposes

When the File Compare screen is opened it will look as below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 97 PROSPER

As can be seen, two different files can be loaded into the "File 1" and "File 2" paths.

On selecting Compare, the files will be interrogated to find which inputs calculation
options are different.

In the above example, it can be seen that the reservoir pressure for layer 1 is different
between the files and the tubing correlation selected for the system calculation is
different.

This comparison will not list all of the results that are different, only the inputs
into the model or options selected.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 98

2.3.11 Evaluate OpenServer

2.3.11.1Input Screen
This option can be used to test the OpenServer commands and variables. In the
Evaluate OpenServer screen a field is available where to input the OS string, which can
correspond to a parameter or to a command:

Type or Paste the OS string in the String field, then select one of basic OS commands
(DoGet, DoSet, DoCommand), if required enter the Value (valid only if using DoSet)
and click Evaluate to perform the function.

In the Returned value it is possible to read the results of the operation.

The Buttons Commands,Variables and Functions access the list of available OS

commands, variables and functions strings.

2.3.11.2Commands
The list with the available OpenServer Commands is displayed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 99 PROSPER

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Search for a string in the available commands. Each press of the button
Find searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Variables
Evaluate OpenServer - Functions

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 100

2.3.11.3Variables
The list with the available OpenServer Variables is displayed.

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Search for a string in the available variables. Each press of the button
Find searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 101 PROSPER

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Commands
Evaluate OpenServer - Functions

2.3.11.4Functions
The list with the available OpenServer Functions is displayed.

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Find Search for a string in the available functions. Each press of the button

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 102

searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Commands
Evaluate OpenServer - Variables

2.3.12 User Correlations

PROSPER has been designed to accept outside calculation modules for fluid flow
correlations, Equation of State PVTP calculations, choke models (pressure loss through
restrictions), inflow performance calculations, HSP Gas Derating models and viscosity
models. Users can obtain an authoring kit from Petroleum Experts to enable the
building of a compatible Dynamic Link Library for use in PROSPER.

MODEL EXTENSION
Flow Correlation .COR
Equation of State PVTP Model .EOS
Choke Correlation .CHK
Inflow Performance Model .RSM
HSP Gas DeRating Model .GDR
Viscosity Model .VSM

Before a DLL can be accessed, it must first be installed into PROSPER. This is done by
clicking File | User Correlations. Select either Flow Correlation, Equation of State
Model, Choke Correlation, Inflow Performance Model, HSP Gas DeRating Model
or Viscosity Model.

When adding user correlations, it is recommended practice to place all files in the
executable directory of the IPM tools e.g. C:\Program Files (x86)\Petroleum Experts\IPM
10

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 103 PROSPER

2.3.12.1Flow Correlation

This option enables the user to add a correlation DLL to the program. This DLL can
contain alternative VLP and surface flowline pressure drop correlations which will be
accessible to the user whenever a correlation choice is available on screen. This DLL
can be created and maintained by the user and would for example prove to be a useful
test bed for developing new correlations or using existing proprietary in-house
correlations.

A DLL correlation framework can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allow the user to select a correlation DLL to add to the system.
Remove the currently highlighted correlation DLL fro the system. This
Remove
function is NOT available for the internal correlations
Info Displays information about the currently highlighted correlation DLL.
Help View this screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 104

2.3.12.1.1 Add Flow Correlation DLL

Select a correlation DLL file from the file list (.cor extension).

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the user would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on
how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

2.3.12.1.2 Flow Correlation Information

Information about particular correlations (name, phases and flow regimes modelled,
etc.) can be obtained by clicking the Info button. A screen similar to the following will be
displayed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 105 PROSPER

This screen provide information about the selected Flow Correlation DLL and all the flow
correlations that it contains

DLL
Name Flow correlation DLL name
Version Version number.
Copyright Copyright Information

Flow Correlation
Name Flow correlation name.
Version Version Number.
Description Description - possibly detailing range of application.
A list of the range of flow regimes (and numbers) that this
Flow Regimes correlation can describe. Not necessarily available for all

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 106

correlations.
Oil correlation Is the correlation valid for Oil fluid type ?
Gas correlation Is the correlation valid for Gas fluid type ?
Condensate Is the correlation valid for Retrograde Condensate fluid type ?
correlation
Pipeline Is the correlation valid for pipelines (mostly horizontal) ?
correlation
Tubing Is the correlation valid for wellbores (mostly vertical) ?
correlation

Actions
Done Return to the previous screen.
Enter extra correlation parameter information. This option is not
Data necessarily available for all correlations. (See Hydro3P
correlation)
Help View this Help screen

2.3.12.1.3 Hydro3P Correlation Parameters

This screen allows you to amend the default parameters for the Hydro3P flow
correlation.

Input Data
Water Cut at which Phase Inversion will occur.
Phase inversion is the phenomenon whereby the phases of a liquid-
liquid dispersion interchange such that the dispersed phase
Inversion spontaneously inverts to become the continuous phase and vice
Water Cut versa under conditions determined by the system properties,
volume ratio and energy input. For oil/water flows in pipes, it is
important to predict the phase inversion point since it is in this

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 107 PROSPER

vicinity that the extremes of the pressure gradients will often be

found. Because of the abrupt and significant changes that occur in
the frictional pressure drop and the rheological characteristics of the
dispersion at or near the phase inversion point
Options are
Gas-Liquid "Let Minimum Slip Determine Flow Regime"
Flow Regime "Only Consider Stratified/Annular Flow"
Control "Only Consider Annular Flow (Not Implemented)"
"Only Consider Slug/Bubble Flow"
"Only Consider Bubble Flow"
Options are
Oil-Water "Let Kelvin-Helmholtz Determine Flow Regime"
Flow Regime "Only Consider Separated Flow"
Control "Only Consider Dispersed Flow"
"Only Consider Separated Bubble/Dispersed Slug"

Actions
Done Save changes and return to the previous screen.
Cancel Abandon changes and return to the previous screen.
Reset Reset parameters to default values
Help View this Help screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 108

2.3.12.2Equation Of State Model

This options enables the user to add a PVT Equation Of State DLL to the program. This
DLL can contain alternative EOS PVT models which will be accessible to the user
whenever a PVT calculation is done. This DLL can be created and maintained by the
user and would, for example, prove to be a useful testbed for developing new
calculations or using existing proprietary in-house equation of state models.

A DLL correlation framework.can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a EoS Model DLL to add to

the system

Remove Remove the currently highlighted EoS Model DLL

from the system.

Info Displays information about the currently

highlighted Eos Model DLL.
Help View this screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 109 PROSPER

In Info further information about the EOS calculation engine version are given:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 110

2.3.12.2.1 Add User PVT EOS DLL

Select a PVT DLL file from the file list (.EOS extension)

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the User would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 111 PROSPER

2.3.12.3Choke Correlation

This options enables the user to add a choke DLL to the program. This DLL can contain
alternative choke pressure drop calculations which will be accessible to the user
whenever a choke is inserted in the surface equipment. This DLL can be created and
maintained by the user and would for example prove to be a useful test bed for
developing new calculations or using existing proprietary in-house correlations.

A DLL correlation framework can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a Choke Correlation DLL to

add to the system

Remove Remove the currently highlighted Choke Correlation

DLL from the system.

Info Displays information about the currently highlighted

Choke Correlation DLL.
Help View this screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 112

2.3.12.3.1 Add User Choke Correlation DLL

Select a choke DLL file from the file list (.CHK extension)

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the User would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 113 PROSPER

2.3.12.4Inflow Performance Model

This options enables the user to add an IPR DLL to the program. This DLL can contain
alternative reservoir, mechanical/geometrical skin and deviation/partial penetration skin
models which are accessible from the IPR single well data entry screen. This DLL can
be created and maintained by the user and would for example prove to be a useful test
bed for developing new calculations or using existing proprietary in-house correlations.

A DLL correlation framework.can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a Inflow Model DLL to add to

the system

Remove Remove the currently highlighted Inflow Model DLL

from the system.

Info Displays information about the currently highlighted

Inflow Model DLL.
Help View this screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 114

2.3.12.4.1 Add User IPR Correlation DLL

Select an IPR DLL file from the file list (.RSM extension)

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the user would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 115 PROSPER

2.3.12.5HSP Gas DeRating Model

This option enables the user to add an HSP Gas DeRating Model DLL to the program.
This DLL can contain alternative models which will be accessible to the user on the HSP
Input screen. This DLL can be created and maintained by the user and would, for
example, prove to be a useful test bed for developing new models or using existing
proprietary in-house models.

A DLL correlation framework.can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a Model to add to the system

Remove Remove the currently highlighted Model from the

system.

Info Displays information about the currently

highlighted Model
Help View this screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 116

2.3.12.5.1 Add User HSP Gas Derating Model

Select a Model DLL file from the file list (.GDR extension).

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the user would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 117 PROSPER

2.3.12.6Viscosity Model

This option enables the user to add a Viscosity Model DLL to the program. This DLL
can contain alternative models which will be accessible to the user on the PVT Input
screen when the Non-Newtonian Viscosity Model option is selected in the main Options
screen. This DLL can be created and maintained by the user and would for example
prove to be a useful test bed for developing new models or using existing proprietary in-
house models.

A DLL framework can be provided for the user to enable this option to be used. Please
contact us for further information.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a Viscosity Model DLL to add

to the system
Remove the currently highlighted Viscosity Model
Remove DLL from the system. This function is not available
for the internal models.

Info Displays information about the currently highlighted

Viscosity Model DLL.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 118

Help View this screen.

2.3.12.6.1 Add User Viscosity Model DLL

Select a Viscosity Model DLL file from the file list (.VSM extension).

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the user would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts.
2.3.13 Printer Setup
The following section details how a printer can be configured to print hard copies of
exported data from PROSPER.
2.3.13.1Preparing to Print
There must be a properly installed and connected printer in order to print.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 119 PROSPER

The Printer Setup command of the File menu allows to select a printer and define its
set-up options.

2.3.13.2Selecting and configuring a Printer

Select the correct printer from the list box provided. Only printers that have been
installed under Windows will be displayed.
The configuration of the printer follows the exact guidelines of any other software running
under Windows.

2.3.13.3Printing Export Data

Prior to printing export data, it is always a good idea to save the data file(s). In the
unlikely event that a printer error or some other unforeseen problem occurs, this simple
procedure could prevent the work from being lost.

To print export data, select the Output menu and the Export option. Select the
sections to report on the dialogue box. The program will lead the user through a series
of input screens to set up the required report sections. From the main dialogue box,
select a destination for reporting data.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 120

The appearance of printed reports is controlled by the export data set-up options that
have been set.
Click Setup to display the following screen:

Select a suitable font and set the margins etc. that will be used for printed export data.
Only non-proportional fonts are allowed in reports to maintain vertical alignment of the
columns.
The PROSPER default font is recognised by most print set-ups. To

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 121 PROSPER

avoid potential printing problems, always set up the system to use a font
that is supported on the system prior to printing PROSPER export data
for the first time.
Click OK to return to the output screen. Clicking Print initiates generation of the export
data and sends it to the selected destination.

Export data can be sent to the following entities:

Printer The primary printer as set up under WindowsTM

File Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print will
display a dialogue box that requests a file name and
destination. Enter a suitable file name (the program
automatically appends a ".PRN" extension) and click OK to
save the file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a
printer ready format that can be imported into a DOS based
word processor or text editor. Use the Tab Delimited format
to save a file suitable for importing directly into a
spreadsheet such as EXCEL.
Clipboard Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the data onto
the Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, can view, edit
and paste the data directly into another Windows application.
E.g. a word processing program. Tab delimited data can be
pasted directly into spreadsheets.
Screen Clicking Print after selecting this option allows to view the
report on the screen. Scroll through the data using the
scrolling thumbs or arrows. When finished viewing, click OK
to return to the main menu.

2.3.13.4Selecting an Exported Data to Print

It is not necessary to be in PROSPER to print a report. Provided to have previously
generated a report file (*.PRN), a report can be easily opened and imported into any
word or spreadsheet program. If the Tab Delimited option was selected, this will allow
the user to easily create tables and/or format the data using a word processor.

2.3.14 Clipboard Command

The Clipboard command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows
clipboard viewer. This feature is useful for checking data input or intermediate results
from e.g. gas lift design calculations that are written to the clipboard by PROSPER.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 122

2.3.15 Word Processing in PROSPER

The WordPad command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows word
processing package. This application can be used to make notes of the current
analysis for later inclusion in reports. If no alternative word processing package is
available, it is possible to use WordPad to edit, format and print the reports.

2.3.16 Exit
Use this option to leave the program.

If any input or output data has changed and not been saved, then you will be given the
option, when leaving the program, of saving this data to file.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 123 PROSPER

2.3.17 Command Buttons

The following command buttons are used in PROSPER.

This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
All equipment) option screens. It will select all input parameters and data
points for automated editing.

Calculate Performs the various calculations on the input parameters for the
correlations selected.

Cancel Returns to the previous screen. Any changes or modifications will be

ignored by the system.
Continues to the next input screen. Any changes to the fields will be saved
Continue and retained in memory for later calculations. A warning message will be
displayed when fields requiring input data are left blank.
To copy existing data points, select the line entries to duplicate and click
Copy on Copy. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Copy again.
Subsequent line entries will be not be overwritten by this operation.
Correlati
Displays
o the results of any matching performed under the VLP/IPR Match
option.
n
s
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It allows to delete individual or several data
points.
Delete To delete, select the line entries to erase and click on Delete. If one wishes
to delete all
existing line entries, click All and then Delete. The program will clear the
input screen.
Returns to the previous menu. Any changes or modifications will be
Done
retained in memory by the program.
This command button is used in the main Equipment screen. One or more
Edit items can be modified at a time. When used with 'All', all items will be
selected for editing.

Export Brings up the Data Export interface. This will be specific to the data on the
active window.
Provides on screen help for PROSPER. For general information, press the
Help 'ALT' and 'H' keys together in the Main menu, or the Index button under any
help screen. Specific help screens are also available for each window.

Import Calls up the general import interface that allows to grab data from any text
file. This button will usually be found where tabular data is to be input.
This allows to add one or several data points providing there are sufficient
Insert
entry fields. Select the line number where to add a new entry and click on

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 124

Insert. The program will move existing line entries down to accommodate
the inserted line(s).

Main Returns to the Main Application Menu. Any changes or modifications will
be saved and retained in memory by the program.

Match Displays a variable screen where match data can be entered in order to
adjust existing correlations to fit real data.
Allows to re-arrange data points. Select the line(s) to transfer and click on
Move. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Move again.
Move
Subsequent line entries will be moved down to accommodate the
transferred line(s).
Plots any calculated results and displays them on screen. Hard copies of
Plot the screen display can be printed by selecting the Hardcopy command
button on the Plot screen.

Recall Allows to recall an existing file. The user will be prompted for the directory
and name of the file.
Calls up the reporting interface with a report that is specific to the active
Report window. This is generally found on windows that display the results of
calculations. It is then possible to choose to print this report. The report is
generated from a system report template.

Reset Resets the 'Match parameters' in order to reinstate the original textbook
correlations.
Save Saves a current file. If this is a new data file, the user will be prompted for a
file name.
Summar Displays a summary screen of the input equipment parameters or system
units.
y

The following command buttons are used in the Plot Menu and Plot screens.

Sends black and white or colour copies of the screen plot to the
Clipboard Windows Clipboard where it may be retrieved by a word processing
program for inclusion in reports.

Colours Allows to define the screen display colours of plot labels, scales, grids,
etc.
Finish Returns to the previous menu or screen.

Hardcopy Generates black and white or colour print copies of the screen plot. It
is automatically sent to the device selected.

Labels Allows to label plots. All plot labels are stored in memory and saved
when Output files are generated.
Replot Re-displays the original screen.
Scales Allows to re-define the minimum and maximum values for the X and Y

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 125 PROSPER

plot axes.

2.4 Options Menu

The Options menu is used to define the characteristics of the well and also gain access
to the equipment databases able within PROSPER.

To access the Options menu, point to the menu name and click the mouse or press
ALT+O.

For a new PROSPER file, the characteristics of the well must be defined before any
further data can be entered into the PROSPER model.

2.4.1 Options Screen

The options selected establish the input data required and the calculation options
available. The selections made apply to the current session and will not affect previously
opened/created or future files. The data entry screens, input fields and variables are
limited to those relevant to the particular application. Input options may be changed at
any stage of the process. New choices may require other information to be supplied.
Therefore the user is advised to ensure that all relevant input is still valid for the new
option selection.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 126

Use this screen in order to describe the type of system that you are attempting to model.
User information can be entered which can be used to customise reports and plots.
Additionally free form comments can be entered which may be used for the purposes of
logging what has been done to the file since its creation etc. This data can, optionally,
be displayed on the main screen if so desired. (See Preferences | Main Screen)

The depending on the model, the options available are

Fluid
Method
Equation of State Model
Separator
Fluid Description Emulsions
PVT Warnings
Water Viscosity
Water Vapour Calculations
Viscosity model

Well Flow type

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 127 PROSPER

Well Type
Method
Artificial Lift
Type
Predict
Model
Calculation Type
Range
Output
Brine Modelling Brine Properties Correlation
No Steam Calculations
Steam Calculation
Allow Steam Calculations
Type
Well Completion
Gravel Pack
Inflow Type
Reservoir
Gas Coning

Input Fields
These fields are optional. The details entered here provide the header
User information that identify your well in the screen plots and printed
Information reports. A Date stamp feature is provided to mark either the comment
text or the header data for future reference.
This field (which is optional) allows the user to enter up to 32000
characters of information relating to the current file. You can use this to
log changes and describe the objective of the analysis in the file. We
recommend that comments be used to summarise any assumptions
Comments made in your analysis. Whenever an existing model is modified,
appending a summary of changes and a date stamp will greatly assist
current and future users working with the file. This data can, optionally,
be displayed on the main screen if so desired. (See Preferences |
Main Screen)

Command Buttons
Done Exit and save current settings
Cancel exit without saving current settings
Report Generate a Report of the Options screen
Export Copy options data to file, printer or clipboard
Help View this Help screen.
Datestamp Transfers the current date and time at the end of the comments section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 128

2.4.1.1 Fluid Description

Fluid
Water and Oil This option uses traditional Black Oil models or Compositional
(Producers and (Equation of State). For the Black Oil seven correlations are
available. These correlations can be matched to real data
Injectors)
using non-linear regression.
This option uses traditional Black Oil models or Compositional
Dry and Wet Gas (Equation of State). Dry/Wet gas is handled under the
(Producers and assumption that condensation occurs at the separator. The
liquid is put back into the gas as an equivalent gas quantity.
Injectors)
The pressure drop is therefore calculated on the basis of a
single phase gas, unless water is present.
Retrograde This option uses traditional Black Oil models or Compositional
Condensate (Black (Equation of State). This model takes into account the
Oil Model or condensate dropout in the tubing.
Compositional)

PVT Method
This option uses industry standard Black Oil models. These
Black Oil correlations can be matched to real data using non linear
regression.
An equation of state model is used to calculate PVT
properties.
If the Equation of State is selected as the PVT Method then the
following options are available.
Peng-Robinson
Equation of State Soave-Redlich-Kwong
User EOS DLLs can also be linked to the
program

Information on all of the EOS options can be found in section

2.4.2.1 of the GAP User Guide.

Separator

The path a fluid takes to surface will define certain properties such as the GOR, gas
gravity and oil gravity. Depending upon the PVT model, different options are available to
use.

Black Oil Models (Oil and Water)

The input data for black oil corrections assume that a single GOR, gas gravity and oil

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 129 PROSPER

gravity are known. Therefore, if more than one stage of separation has been reported
these values must be converted into a single GOR and an average gas gravity
(representative for this single GOR) in order to satisfy the equations.

For an 'Oil and Water' model, the separation options are:

Single Stage - Enter a single value of GOR, Gas Gravity and Oil Gravity

Two Stage - Enter separator and tank values for GOR and Gas Gravity and a single
value for Oil Gravity. The GOR and Gas Gravity are then combined internally by
PROSPER to calculate the equivalent single stage values.

If the black oil data is only available as a multi-stage separation results these can be
converted to either single stage or two-stage outside of the program and then brought in
using the logic shown below. The separation train to be converted has 3 stages (2
separators and the tank) as shown below:

If the gas properties are to be converted to an equivalent single stage

separation, this can be done using the equations shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 130

Alternatively, the two separation stages can be converted together to be inserted as part
of a two stage separation:

Black Oil Models (Dry and Wet Gas)

For a 'Dry and Wet Gas' model, the properties must be entered as a Single Stage
separation. The equations shown above can be used to calculate the total GOR and
average Gas Gravity if only multi-stage separation data is available.

Black Oil Models (Retrograde Condensate)

The 'Retrograde Condensate' model must have fluid properties entered as a multi-stage
separation. For more details on this input please refer to the Retrograde Condensate
(Black Oil Model) - Input Data.

Equation of State Method

When using the Equation of State method for defining PVT, up to 10 stages of
separation can be inserted in the EoS Options Screen. For more information on this
screen, please refer to the following EoS Setup Section.

Equation of State Setup

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 131 PROSPER

This button is active when Equation of State Method has been selected and can be
used to access all of the options related to the use of the Equation of State:
EoS Model (Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong)
Optimisation Mode (None, Low and Medium)
Volume Shift enable/disable
Reference Pressure and Temperature
Path to Surface and Recycle: Flash Straight to Stock Tank, Use Separator
Train, Use K values
Target GOR Method (Use Separator Fluids or Use Fluid from PSAT)

More information on the setup of the Equation of State Method is given in the EoS
Model Setup Section.

Other options
No or Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction

Select Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction to allow input of

Emulsion viscosity in the PVT section. This option must be
Emulsions
selected to turn on pump viscosity corrections. This option
allows for the changes in viscosity of shear dependent (non-
Newtonian) fluids to be modelled as they travel through; tubing,
casing and pumps.
Disable Warning or Enable Warning

Select Enable Warning to allow flagging of different PVT

formation in calculation screens. Warnings can be enables for
PVT Warnings
Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax Appearance,
Asphaltenes and Scale Production. To use this feature, go to
the PVT section and enter or import the relevant formation
table.
Use Default Correlation or Use Pressure Corrected
Correlation

These options are only applied when the default brine

correlation is selected in the Brine Modelling Section.
Water Viscosity The default correlation
The water viscosity in PROSPER uses a proprietary
correlation. This water viscosity correlation is a function of
the temperature and salinity (at atmospheric pressure). The
PROSPER User Manual will be updated to reflect this and
thank you for pointing this out.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 132

Pressure corrected correlation

The pressure corrected water viscosity correlation modifies
the default water viscosity correlation to account for
pressure. The correction is a based on Figure 24-8,
Bradley et al., Petroleum Engineering Handbook, SPE,
Dallas, (1987) and is a function of the temperature, salinity,
and pressure.

The viscosities of oilfield waters at reservoir conditions are

low, virtually always less than one centipoise. Water Viscosity
does not vary greatly with pressure because the small amount
of gas dissolved in the water has small effect on its viscosity.
By default the fluid is considered Newtonian. If desired, non-
Viscosity Model Newtonian effects can be modeled by selecting Non-
Newtonian and entering in the PVT section rheological
properties of the fluid.
No Calculation or Calculate Condensed Water Vapour

This option is available for 'Dry and Wet Gas' and 'Retrograde
Condensate' fluid types. If ‘Calculate Condensed Water
Vapour’ is selected, the condensation of water vapour will be
taken into account when performing pressure drop calculation.

The calculated moisture contents of natural gases is based on

Water Vapour
a modified version of the McKetta-Wehe correlation for
saturated water vapour content of natural gases. It is a function
of the reservoir pressure, temperature and water salinity.

Further information on the properties of oilfield water, and a

reference to the McKetta-Wehe correlation, “Properties of
Petroleum Fluids” (second Edition) Chapter 16 by William D
McCain can be referred to.

2.4.1.2 Well
Flow Type
Tubing Flow This option models flow through a circular cross sectional area
(flow in tubing/pipe)

Annular Flow This option models production up annulus between tubing and
casing.

Tubing and This option models production in both the annulus and/or tubing
(depending on temperature model selected)
Annular Flow

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 133 PROSPER

All models allow variable flow path modelling. This means that
the user can select a different flow model for each piece of tubing
in the Dowhole Equipment section.

If the user selects Pressure only or Rough Approximation

Temperature Model, then it is possible to select simultaneous
flow path modelling. i.e modelling flow in both the tubing and
annulus section of each piece of tubing in the Dowhhole
Equipment section. Extra columns in the Gradient Calculation
Results display will show the rate split calculated in tubing where
the simultaneous flow path modelling option has been selected

Well Type
Producer This option is used to model production wells
This is a generic injector well.

Injector The fluid to be injected can be specified by the user. Gas,

Steam, Water and CO2 injectors can be modelled by
selecting this option and selecting the appropriate fluid
type.
Water Injection of single-phase water. This option will not have the
Injector thermally induced fracture IPR model.
CBM Model Coal Bed Med Methane Producers and gain access
Producer to the CBM Producer IPR model

Additional Information

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT Model
and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The
reason for this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to account for the
condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes multiphase flow modelling
allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending
on the prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is

possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated PVT properties and therefore this should not be used
to model CO2 Injection.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 134

When a PCP is selected with Sucker Rod drive the type of flow is always annular. This is
because fluid flows through the space between Sucker Rod and Tubing, hence,
modelled as an annular flow in PROSPER (Figure 1).

If separator efficiency is set to 100% the free gas separated at the pump intake will be
sent through the annular space between Tubing OD and Casing ID. If separator
efficiency is less than 100% only fraction of free gas at the pump intake will be
separated; this fraction is defined by the efficiency value.

In summary, there are two different annular spaces for the PCP with Sucker Rod drive;
one is between Sucker Rod OD and Tubing ID (for oil and water), and another one is
between Tubing OD and Casing ID (for free gas separated at the pump inlet).

Figure 1 PCP production for Sucker Rod drive

2.4.1.3 Artificial Lift

Method

None
No artificial Lift selected

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 135 PROSPER

Gas Lift (continuous)

Three different approaches are provided. Annular gas lift is handled by
PROSPER. If the Flow Type is Annular Flow and a Gas Lift method is selected,
then PROSPER automatically switches to model gas injection down the tubing,
and production up the annulus.
Electrical Submersible Pump
An ESP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
A HSP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Progressive Cavity Pumps
A PCP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Coiled Tubing with gas lift can be analysed or designed using this option
Diluent Injection
Injection of a given rate of diluent in the tubing can be modelled. This option also
allows gas lift to be injected at a different depth to the diluent if the option is selected.
Jet Pump
A Jet Pump installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Multiphase Pump
Multiphase pump can be analysed using this option
Sucker Rod Pumps
A Sucker Rod Pump installation can be analysed and designed
Gas Lift (Intermittent)
PROSPER can be used to design and model the performance of wells with
intermittent gas lift
Foam Lift
Foam Lift can be modelled with a Dry & Wet Gas fluid description

Type

If Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

It is the classic approach for the annulus gas gradient. The

No Friction Loss In pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is ignored and
Annulus the gas gradient is determined by the top casing pressure
and the temperature profile.
The pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is taken into
Friction Loss In account, but the top casing pressure is assumed constant.
Annulus If this option is selected the tubing equipment screens will
automatically change and require tubing OD and casing ID

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 136

data to be entered.
Surface delivery lines, chokes, the gas lift injection string
Safety Equipment and safety valves in the annulus are taken into account. Top
casing pressures will change with injection rate.

If Electrical Submersible Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available:

Model Produced Oil This option will model only the fluid which passes through
the pump and up the tubing above it. Any gas separated at
Only
the pump will be passed to surface but not be modelled.
In addition to the fluid in the tubing above the pump being
Model Produced Oil modelled, any gas which is separated at the pump inlet is
and Gas In Annulus also modelled as it travels up the annulus. This allows the
(RECOMMENDED liquid level in the well to be calculated from a given casing
METHOD) head pressure or the casing head pressure from a given
liquid level.

If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available:

Commingled Annular The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the annulus
and returns to surface, commingled with the produced fluid
Supply
via the tubing.

Commingled Tubing The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the tubing and
returns to surface, commingled with the produced fluid via
Supply
the annulus.
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the outer
annulus and returns to surface via the inner annulus. The
Closed Loop Supply
reservoir fluid is produced through the tubing. There is no
commingling of produced and power fluids.

If Progressive Cavity Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available:

The program will assume to have a surface drive head from

Sucker Rod Drive which require rods in order to move the rotor across the
pump.

Downhole Motor Drive The program assumes to have a downhole motor instead of
surface drive motor.
Sucker Rod Drive - As with 'Sucker Rod Drive' only now any gas which is
Gas In Annulus separated at the pump is modelled as it travels up the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 137 PROSPER

annulus. This allows the liquid level in the well to be

calculated from a given casing head pressure or the casing
head pressure from a given liquid level.
Motor Drive - Model As with 'Downhole Motor Drive' only now any gas which is
Gas In Annulus separated at the pump is modelled as it travels up the
annulus. This allows the liquid level in the well to be
calculated from a given casing head pressure or the casing
head pressure from a given liquid level.

If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

No Friction Loss in
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are neglected.
Coiled Tubing
Friction Loss in Coiled
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are accounted for.
Tubing

If Diluent Injection is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

Tubing Injection- The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production
Annular Production flows through the annulus
Annular Injection- The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production
Tubing Production flows through the tubing

Tubing Injection with The diluent fluid is injected in the tubing and a depth of
Gas Lift injection for Gas Lift gas is also specified. Production flows
through the annulus.

Annular Injection with The diluent fluid is injected in the annulus and a depth of
Gas Lift injection for Gas Lift gas is also specified. Production flows
through the tubing.

If Jet Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

Tubing Injection- The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production
Annular Production flows through the annulus
Annular Injection- The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production
Tubing Production flows through the tubing

If Multiphase Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

One Subsea H Series

One Subsea HX series

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 138

Sulzer

N.B. The H series has been superseded by the HX series pumps.

2.4.1.4 Calculation Type
Predicting

The program is capable of predicting either pressure only or pressure and temperature
changes simultaneously.

Pressure Only If this option is taken, the temperature profile must be entered.
This calculation option is fast and sufficiently accurate for most
applications not involving critical fluids or viscous oils and
generating simulator lift curves or tubing size sensitivity runs.
Normally, the pressure drop is not greatly affected by
temperature changes.
Pressure and This option will generate pressure and temperature gradients
Temperature (On using the method specified in Temperature Model.
Land and Off shore)

Pressure and This option will calculate both pressure and temperature
Temperature profiles using either the 'Rough Approximation' or 'Improved
(Surface Gradient) Approximation' Temperature Model. A surface thermal
gradient will be required for surface equipment data and
separate geothermal gradient will be required for the downhole
equipment.

Temperature Model

Three models for temperature calculations are available:

Rough Calculates the heat loss from the well to the surroundings using
Approximation an overall heat transfer coefficient, the temperature difference
between the fluids and the surrounding formation and the
average heat capacity of the well fluids. The geothermal
gradient entry screen is used to input formation temperatures
(e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A minimum
of the surface and first node temperatures are required.
Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static
temperatures, and should not be confused with the entry of
measured flowing temperatures required for the Predicting
pressure only case.

The Rough Approximation temperature model requires

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 139 PROSPER

calibration using measured temperature data.

Enthalpy Balance This rigorous thermodynamic model considers heat transfer by
conduction, radiation, and forced and free convection. Heat
transfer coefficients are calculated using values held in a user-
definable database. The temperature prediction calculations
are transient, allowing sensitivities against flowing time to be
run. This temperature model requires considerably more input
data and computation time for either Predicting Pressure Only
or the Rough Approximation temperature model.

The production riser is properly taken into account. Therefore

the heat loss prediction between the seabed and wellhead will
be accurate. Due to increased computation times, we
recommend that this option be used only when temperature
prediction rather than pressure loss is the required result (for
e.g. process calculations and material selection).

The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is capable of

accurate flowing temperature prediction for a wide range of
conditions.

The temperature prediction is useful for generating

temperature profiles in:
long pipelines
subsea wells
high pressure/temperature exploration wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help
predict wax/hydrate deposits.
these models also account for Joule-Thompson
Effects.

The Enthalpy Balance (or Improved Approximation)

temperature calculations must commence from a known
condition. For producers, calculations iterate from a guess
bottomhole pressure and known temperature to converge to a
set top node pressure at wellhead. For injectors, calculations
commence from the known wellhead pressure and
temperature defined by the user.
Improved As the Enthalpy Balance model, this is also a full enthalpy
Approximation balance pressure and temperature prediction model, with the
difference that the term of the enthalpy balance concerning the
heat exchange with the outside (which includes free and forced
convection, conduction and radiation) is simplified by a heat
loss term characterised by an overall heat exchange
coefficient.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 140

For this reason data related to the completion hardware and

thermal properties are not necessary.

Like any enthalpy balance model, Joule-Thomson Effect is

also accounted for.

These characteristics make this model particularly useful when

an accurate calculation of temperature is sought for and only a
few data on the completion are available.

The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input

formation temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured
depth points. A temperature gradient in the sea can be
entered for offshore applications. A minimum of the surface
and first node temperatures are required. Temperatures
entered should be the extrapolated static temperatures, and
should not be confused with the entry of measured flowing
temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.

The Improved Approximation temperature model requires

calibration using measured temperature data. It is not
accurate in a predictive mode.

Range
Full System Calculations for pipelines, tubing and reservoir
PipeLine Only Calculations for pipelines only. Minimises the amount of data input
if you only wish to calculate pressure and/or temperature losses in
pipelines

Output
Show calculating Option to enable/disable the reporting of the results while the
data calculations are performed
Hide calculating Select Hide to speed up calculations by not updating calculation
data screen displays.

2.4.1.5 Brine Modelling

As of IPM 11, there are now two options for modelling brine in the system:

The default correlation

The IAWPS correlation

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 141 PROSPER

Default

The default correlation uses a variety of correlations and methods to determine the
water properties to be used. This sections briefly outlines these.

There are two different water viscosity calculation methods available within PROSPER.
These are:

The default correlation

o The water viscosity in PROSPER uses a proprietary correlation. This water
viscosity correlation is a function of the temperature and salinity (at
atmospheric pressure). The PROSPER User Manual will be updated to reflect
this.
Pressure corrected correlation
o The pressure corrected water viscosity correlation modifies the default water
viscosity correlation to account for pressure. The correction is a based on
Figure 24-8, Bradley et al., Petroleum Engineering Handbook and is a
function of the temperature, salinity, and pressure.

When the default brine correlation is used, one of the above options will be used as
selected by the user.

The water formation volume factor is determined from a proprietary curve fit to data from
Frick “Petroleum Production Handbook” (1962). In addition to this, PROSPER also
makes a proprietary correction for water salinity.

The water compressibility is calculated other for reporting purposes.

Water density is based on the water formation volume factor and the water specific
gravity (i.e. salinity), using the equation below:

IAWPS

The IAWPS Correlation uses the IAPWS-97 equation of state at its base to determine
the water properties at pressure and temperature. Although the IAPWS-97 equation of
state is the basis for calculations, additional methods have also been employed to
account for salinity and gas solubility. Depending on the options selected in the screen
below, different modifications will be applied.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 142

The Spivey, McCain and North (2004) formulation has also been used to correct the
density for brine with a modification to the water vapour pressure method.

When this brine model is selected, the brine viscosity is modelled using the Kestin,
Khalifa and Correia (1981) method despite what may have been selected in the Fluid
Description section. The Kestin, Khalifa and Correia (1981) method is based on Chen
and Millero's (1977) model at standard pressure. Additional pressure modifications up
to 500 MPa have been applied to the Kestin method, with theoretical deviation is ±1.5%
.

There are three options which are described below:

No Dissolved Gas - this option does not consider the presence

of dissolved gas in water.

Assume Methane Only - this option assumes that all of the

dissolved gas is methane. This uses the Duan and Mao (2006)
formulation to find the gas fugacity and partial molar volumes.
Brine dissolved
gas model Use Gas Gravity for Rsw - this option assumes that the
dissolved gas is a mixture of hydrocarbons and impurities. This
uses also the Duan and Mao (2006) formulation to find the gas
fugacity and partial molar volumes of methane and impurities with
the additional modification of using a proprietary method based
on Henry's Law constants. These constants can be found via the
Max Planck Institute database compilation (which is an open
source) and allow for changing gas composition to be accounted
for.

There are two options which are described below:

Brine thermal No Pressure Correction

properties Brine thermal properties are based on correlations developed by
the Lawrence Livermore Laboratory with heat capacity being
calculated using the Jamieson et al. (1969) method.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 143 PROSPER

Apply Pressure Correction

When the pressure correction is applied, this uses the work of
Sun et al. (2008).

References

Spivey, J. P., McCain, W. D., and North, R. (2004), Estimating Density, Formation
Volum Factor, Compressibility, Methane Solutbility, and Viscosity for Oilfield Brines at
Temperatures from 0 to 275°C, Pressures to 200 MPa, and Salinities to 5.7 mole/kg,
Journal of Canadian Petroleum Technology, 43 (7), pp 52 - 61

Kestin, J., Khalifa, H. E., and Correia, R. J. (1981), Tables of the Dynamic and
Kinematic Viscosity of Aqueous NaCl Solutions in the Temperature Range 20-150°C
and Pressure Range 0.1-35 MPa, Journal of Physical and Chemical Reference Data,
10 (1)

Chen, C. T., and Millero, F. J. (1977), Speed of sound in seawater at high pressures,
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 62, pp 1129 - 1135

Duan, Z., and Mao, S. (2006), A thermodynamic model for calculating methane
solubility, density and gas phase composition of methane bearing aqueous fluids from
273 to 523 K and from 1 to 2000 bar, Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, 70, pp 3369
- 3386

Jamieson, D. T., Tudhope, J. S., Morris, R., and Cartwright, G. (1969), Physical
properties of sea water solutions: heat capacity, Desalination, 7 (1), pp 23 - 30

Sun, H., Feistel, R., Koch, M., and Markoe, A. (2008), New equations for density,
entropy, heat capacity, and potential temperature of a saline thermal fluid, Deep-Sea
Research, pp 1304 - 1310
2.4.1.6 Steam Calculation
When the fluid type is set to 'Oil and Water' and one of the enthalpy balance models
(Improved Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the option to enable/disable
the steam calculations is available.

No Steam Calculations
Allow Steam Calculations

For more information on the Steam Calculations please refer to the Steam Properties
Section.
2.4.1.7 Well Completion
These options relate to calculations performed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 144

Completion

Cased Hole or Open Hole

This selection determines the appropriate IPR Completion models to use. In particular
'Cased Hole' enables the availability of Skin models to calculate the skin factor, whilst
'Open Hole' disables the availability of Skin models.

Sand Control

Five options are currently available:

None
Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted liners

The properties of the sand control method selected can then be inserted into the IPR
section.

2.4.1.8 Reservoir
Inflow Type

Single Well This option is allows many types of inflow model and completion
configurations but assumes a single producing wellbore.
MultiLateral A specialised model, allowing a flexible user-configurable multi
Well lateral, multi layered well and reservoir description. to be entered and
solved

Gas Coning

This option is available for OIL (Black Oil Model) only. If selected then it is possible to
model a rate dependant GOR in the INFLOW section of the program using the model
from Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger, R.A (see References)

Yes The well is coning gas

No The well is not coning gas

2.4.2 Options - Perforating Gun DataBase

Under Options | Perforating Database, a database for perforating guns is
accessible. The gun database initially originates from SPOT (Shell Perforating
Optimisation Tool) and permission was granted for its implementation into PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 145 PROSPER

Like other databases in PROSPER, the user can add, delete and amend the inputs in the
gun database. A filter allows to select guns by:
- vendors,
- Gun OD
- Gun types
- Minimum restriction and
- Tolerance.

The following section was taken from the SPOT help file and is published with
permission from Shell:
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:

Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)

Schlumberger (SLB)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 146

Halliburton/ Jet Research Centre (Hall/JRC)

Dynawell (DYNA)

Innicor Subsurface Technologies (INNICOR)

Owen Oil Tools (Owen)

Explosivos Technologicos Argentinos (ETA)

GEODynamics (GEODynamics)

Titan (TITAN)

Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:

Section I - firing a fully-loaded gun section under ambient conditions into a

standard casing and cement target;

Section II - firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a stressed

rock sample;

Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;

Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;

Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fully-loaded

gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced into the
wellbore per foot of gun;
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B “is the only document that API recognises as valid in this
program.” As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has also
been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API RP43 is
not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based on
concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1
data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations
(based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 147 PROSPER

reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole

conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting
reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a
stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed
rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT “Vendor
Database” under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.

If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in the
Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in API RP
19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
__
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, “Recommended Practice for the Evaluation
of Well Perforators”, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with API for
review at the time of writing.

2.4.3 Tubing Database

Under Options | Tubing Database, a comprehensive tubing data base is available in
PROSPER:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 148

The database is also accessible from the down hole equipment screen so that the user
can select any tubing from the database directly to be used for the description of the
down hole equipment.

Done Return to previous screen - continue with copy process ( if appropriate)

Cancel Return to previous screen
Copies the currently selected record to the Clipboard. If this dialogue is
invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then select done and you
will be presented with the following screen

Copy

Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the selected record
to your downhole equipment
Help View this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 149 PROSPER

2.4.3.1 Tubing Database Copy

Done Select the desired action at the bottom of the

screen and then carry it out
Cancel Abandon the copy
Help View this screen

2.4.4 Casing Database

Under Options | Casing Database, a comprehensive casing database is available in
PROSPER:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 150

The database lists casing manufacturer, type, specification, seal, Casing OD, casing
weight, Casing ID and wall thickness.

The database can be accessed from the down hole equipment input screen. From the
down hole equipment screen, the user can select any casing available in the database
and use it directly for the description of the well bore.

Done Return to previous screen - continue with copy process (if appropriate)
Cancel Return to previous screen

Copies the currently selected record to the clipboard. If this dialogue is

Copy invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then select done and you
will be presented with the following screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 151 PROSPER

Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the selected record
to your downhole equipment
Help View this screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 152

2.4.4.1 Casing Database Copy

Done Select the desired action at the bottom of

the screen and then carry it out
Cancel Abandon the copy
Help View this screen

2.4.5 Pipe Schedule

Under Options | Pipe Schedule, a comprehensive pipe database is available in
PROSPER:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 153 PROSPER

The database lists nominal pipe size, pipe OD, Iron Pipe size, Steel schedule number,
wall thickness and pipe internal diameter.

The pipe database can be accessed from the surface equipment input screen. From the
surface equipment input screen, the user can select any pipe available in the database
and use it directly for the description of surface pipes.

Done Return to previous screen - continue with copy process ( if

appropriate)
Cancel Return to previous screen

Copies the currently selected record to the clipboard. If this dialogue is

Copy invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then select done and
you will be presented with the following screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 154

Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the selected
record to your downhole equipment.
Help View this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 155 PROSPER

2.4.5.1 Pipe Schedule Copy

Done Select the desired action at the bottom of

the screen and then carry it out
Cancel Abandon the copy
Help View this screen

2.4.6 Pipe Schedule and Equipment

In the 'Surface Equipment' or in the 'Downhole Equipment' section it is possible to

import as pipe, tubing and casing ID values from databases containing pipeline, tubing
and casing data.

In the 'Surface Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Pipe Schedule

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 156

button and in the 'Downhole Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Casing
DB or Tubing DB buttons:

These are the steps to import the equipment ID:

1. Select the Type of equipment from the screen - for example, Tubing - as shown below:

2. Select the row corresponding to the piece of equipment and select the Equipment
button (if in the Surface Equipment section, select Pipe Schedule) and select the
database (in this case Tubing Database)

3. Select the equipment to use from the database

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 157 PROSPER

Then Copy and Done

4. The program will show a dialogue with at the bottom an option on the way forward.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 158

For example, selecting Copy ID and OD to Selected Records, then Done will pass the
values to the equipment screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 159 PROSPER

2.5 PVT Menu

To predict pressure and temperature changes through the reservoir, up the wellbore and
along the surface flow lines it is necessary to accurately predict the fluid properties as
both pressure and temperature change.

The user must enter data that describes the fluid properties or enables the program to
calculate them. There are three options:

Correlation If only limited data is available (formation GOR, oil gravity, gas
gravity and formation water salinity required for oil), the program
uses traditional black oil correlations, such as Glaso, Beal, Petrosky
etc. to calculate the fluid properties.
Matching If both limited fluid property data and some PVT laboratory
measured data is available the program can modify the correlations
to best fit the measured data using a non-linear regression
technique. The matched correlations will be used from then on to
calculate all the fluid properties required in the multiphase flow
calculations.
Tables If detailed PVT data is available it may be entered in tabular format.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 160

The program if instructed will use the tabular data where available.
Where tabular data has not been entered the program will calculate it
using the selected correlation.

Use of Tables: Tables are usually generated using one fluid

composition which implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will
therefore not provide the right fluid description when we have
injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when the
reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point. There is
also a danger that if the range of pressure and temperature is
not wide enough the program may have to extrapolate
properties. This can lead to erroneous properties being
calculated.
Compositional Where the full Equation of State description of the fluid is available
and all of the PVT can be obtained from a Peng-Robinson or a
Soave Redlich Kwong description of the fluid phase behaviour.

Use of EOS: The equations of state are models that need to be

matched to measured lab data (PVT lab report). Care has to be
taken in order to make sure that the EOS has been matched
and is applicable for the range of Pressures and
Temperatures to be investigated.

The program also allows fluid properties to be calculated and plotted for specified
pressure and temperature ranges. The PVT menu has three options - Input, Report
and Export.

Recommended Steps When Using Black Oil Correlations

Only 1. Enter data as requested on PVT input data screen and select
Limited correlations that are known to best fit the region or oil type.
PVT Data
Available
1. Enter the data requested in the PVT input data screen.
2. Enter PVT laboratory data in the PVT | Match data menu. The
Limited laboratory PVT data and the fluid properties entered on the data input
PVT Data screen must be consistent. Flash Data must be used. Up to 5 tables
and Some of laboratory measurements made at different temperatures may be
Laboratory entered. Use the Tables buttons to switch between tables. Click OK
Measured to return to the PVT input screen.
Data 3. At this point, you can optionally Calculate PVT using a correlation
Available and Plot the calculated and match data to see how closely the
unoptimised correlation fits.
4. Select Regression, then Match All. A non-linear regression will be

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 161 PROSPER

performed to best fit each correlation to the measured lab data. Once
the calculation is finished, select Parameters and identify the
correlation which has the lowest standard deviation. This correlation
should then be selected and this modified correlation will be used in all
further calculations of fluid property data. The fit parameters are the
multiplier and shift applied to the correlation parameters in order to fit
the lab data. If the correlation were a perfect fit to the match data,
Parameter 1 would be set to 1.0 and Parameter 2 would be zero.
5. In order to see how well the optimised correlations fit the data, select
the best fitting correlation and click calculate. Then, enter the pressure
and temperature ranges for the calculations (one of the temperatures
should be the same as the measured data), press OK and Calculate.
Once the calculation is finished, select Plot to display both the
calculated and measured PVT data. Select the Variables option on
the plot menu bar to choose which fluid property data to display.
1. Select Tables and enter data in the tables. The program will use data
Extensive from the tables where it is available and calculate fluid properties
Laboratory using the selected correlations where no PVT data was entered.
Because it interpolates the tables, PROSPER cannot accurately
PVT Data
account for temperature changes when PVT data is available for only
Available.
one temperature. In such cases, the Limited PVT recommendations
should be followed.

NB Whether PVT tables have been input or not, PROSPER will use correlations unless
the Use Tables box on the PVT Input screen has been selected. Do not select Use
Tables unless complete PVT tables have been entered. Data at only one temperature is
not adequate in many cases.

2.5.1 Oil (BlackOil Model) - Input Data

Enter the required data in the fields highlighted below. To move from one box to another
press "Tab" on the keyboard. Select the correlation methods to apply using the drop-
down boxes.

As of IPM 11, the PVT Input Data screen allows all PVT information to be viewed in one
screen (i.e. Input data, viscosity model, matching parameters etc.) as can be seen
below. As in previous versions some fields may appear to be disabled depending on
the options selected in the main Options screen (via Options | Options). Options such
as artificial lift requirements must be set in the Options, that said it is now possible to
change the viscosity, emulsion warnings etc. options directly from the PVT Input
interface (shown below).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 162

Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas production. For
gas production in wells producing injection or gas cap gas the solution GOR
should still be entered. The balance of “free” gas production is accounted for
elsewhere.

Mole Percent CO2, N2 and H2S refers to the separator gas stream composition. The
impurities are used to correct the Z factor of the gas on the basis of the Wichert Aziz
modifications for CO2, N2 and H2S.

When an "Oil and Water" model is used to describe the fluid, the viscosity
correlation used by default for gas viscosity calculations is the Lee correlation.

To make the PVT interface more accessible, all data can now be view on the main PVT
screen. Additional sections are been added to allow this and are explained below:

Input Data section This section allows the black oil PVT properties of the fluid to be
included.

Other Data section This section allows other data, such as emulsion data or viscosity
models, to be enabled and added.
Pb, Rs, Bo This section allows the user to view the current matching

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 163 PROSPER

Correlation parameters for each of the Pb, Rs and Bo correlations. The

active correlation is the one selected within the "Input Data"
section
section.
Oil Viscosity This section allows the user to view the current matching
Correlation parameters for each viscosity correlation. The active correlation
section is the one selected within the "Input Data" section.

Matching section This section allows the match data to be entered and plotted.
See Match Data for more information.

The table below outlines the input data that is required.

Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas
production. For gas production in wells (which are producing either
Solution GOR injection gas or gas cap gas) the original solution GOR of the
reservoir fluid should still be entered. The balance of free gas
production is accounted for elsewhere in the program. See GOR
Definitions for more information.
Oil Gravity Specific gravity of the oil.

Gas Gravity Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
weight to that of air (28.97).
Water salinity Salinity of water, expressed as NaCl equivalent.
Enter the mole percentage of H2S, N2 and CO2. These data are from
Impurities
the gas stream composition.

Correlations Select the desired gas viscosity correlations. By default Lee at al. is
selected, as it has a wider range of validity.

A description of the navigation buttons available on this screen can be found in the table
below:

Done Returns the user to the previous screen, keeping changes.

Cancel Returns the user to the previous screen, discarding changes.
When matching is performed, a non-linear regression modifies the
correlations to best fit the measured laboratory PVT data. The non-
linear regression matching technique can be used on up to 50 PVT
match tables, each for a different temperature.
Matching
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In
cases where the PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better
results can often be obtained by matching on the best characterised
parameters only.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 164

That said, as bubble point can be difficult to accurately predict from

correlations, it is recommended that where possible, it is used as a
match parameter. The minimum data required to perform a
regression match is the bubble point and GOR.

The shape of the correlations for oil FVF are different above and
below the bubble point. If the oil FVF at bubble point is not available,
the regression may not achieve good results. When matching the oil
FVF always enter bubble point data.

For further information on how to perform matching, please refer to

the Regression section.
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must
first calculate the values over a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. This can be done via the "Calculate" function.

Using the calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus

temperature or pressure can be generated. If the correlations have
Calculate been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations. The calculation section is used to generate
fluid property data for display and quality control purposes only.

During the computation of a gradient traverse calculation, PROSPER

calculates fluid properties at each pressure and temperature step or
node as required by the application.
This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate
name. A dialogue box will appear prompting you to name the PVT
Save file. The PVT extension is automatically provided by the program. If
you omit this step, the program will automatically save the (matched)
PVT data in a *.pvt file with the same name as the input (*.sin) file.

Import Allows the importation of a *.pvt file. This is the format of created via
"Save" and allows PVT data to be transferred between files easily.

Export Allows selected PVT data to be exported to file, copied to clipboard

or printed. Click here for more information.
Help Accesses the Help section.
If detailed PVT data is available, it can be entered as a lookup table
by clicking on Tables. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered,
each at a different temperature.

Tables If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables (i.e. no oil
FVF data has been entered) it will calculate it using the selected
black oil correlation. If some data has been entered and intermediate
points are required, these will be linearly interpolated. If required
points are outside of the entered range, the available data will be

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 165 PROSPER

extrapolated.

As such PVT tables should be used with care and only when detailed
data for the full operating range is available.

The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data
screen

In the table below, information on some of the inputs and functionalities are provided,
along with links for more details:

The viscosity model can be set in either the PVT Input screen or
Viscosity the main Options screen. The options are either "Newtonian
Fluid" or "Non-Newtonian Fluid". If "Non-Newtonian Fluid" is
selected the rheological parameters will need to be entered.
If viscosity correction for emulsions is enabled (either in the PVT
Input screen or the main Options screen)), the user has the option
to select where the emulsion viscosity corrections will be
considered. The "Flowline Emulsion Data" button will take to
Emulsion the Emulsion Data entry screen.

It is also possible to enter the water cut at this point. This is the
Water Cut that will be used to calculate the emulsion viscosity in
the PVT calculation section should the emulsion be enabled
"Everywhere".
If a pump is enabled in the main Options screen, a viscosity
correction for emulsions can be enabled. The user has the option
Pump (ESP, PCP, to select where the emulsion viscosity corrections will be
considered (e.g. everywhere or just in the pump etc.).
Jet Pump,
MultiPhase) Data
The ESP Emulsion Data button will take the user to the
Emulsion Data entry screen. Various models to describe the
emulsion viscosity in the pump can be selected.
If you have selected one of these three as the artificial lift method
on the main Options screen, then the properties of the drive fluid
HSP, Diluent must be entered.
Injection and Jet
Pump Power For water drive fluid, enter the Water Salinity. For other fluids,
Fluid Data enter the fluid specific gravity and a lookup table of other fluid
properties (Pressure, Temperature, Viscosity and Volume
Factor).

Match Data This should be measured PVT laboratory data to match existing
black oil correlation to. The correlations can be modified using

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 166

non-linear regression techniques to best fit the measured data.

As the "Oil and Water" model is selected PROSPER captures gas

evolution in the tubing rather than in a reservoir. As such Flash
Data and not differential liberation data should be used for
matching. For each match table, the input temperature and
bubble point is required along with pressure versus gas oil ratio,
oil FVF and oil viscosity data.

When PVT matching is performed it is recommended to use

minimal data to preserve the original shape of the correlations.

The minimum required data is that at the saturation

pressure, and if this is insufficient to match correlations,
then one or two data points just above and below the
saturation pressure can be added.
Further to this, data close to atmospheric pressure
should not be used for matching due to the increased
measurement error which can lead to erroneous
matching.

N.B. Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are
usually obtained using correlations matched to the available lab
data rather than using a PVT table lookup.

Where only differential liberation PVT data is available, it can be

corrected to flash conditions using a simple transformation
procedure or generated by a PVT simulation program.

Further information can be found in the Match Data section.

This options allows the entry of a pressure temperature table
predicting the regions where different PVT formations are likely.
This can be used for Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax
Warnings Appearance, Asphaltenes and Scale Production and will be used
during calculations to provide the user with a visual warning of the
onset of each different formation.

Please refer to the PVT Warning section for further information.

This tab shows an equivalent composition (and Binary Interaction
Composition Coefficients) estimated from the entered Black Oil PVT
properties. Please refer to the Equivalent Composition section
for further information.

Recommended Steps
Only Limited PVT 1. Enter data as requested on PVT Input data screen and select

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 167 PROSPER

Data Available correlations that are known to best fit the region or oil type.
1. Enter the data requested in the PVT Input data screen.
2. Enter PVT laboratory data in the Match data tab of the
"Matching section". The laboratory PVT data and the fluid
properties entered on the data input screen must be
consistent. Flash Data must be used. Up to 50 tables of
laboratory measurements made at different temperatures may
be entered. Use the arrows to switch between tables.
3. At this point, you can optionally Calculate PVT using a
correlation and Plot the calculated and match data to see how
closely the unoptimised correlation fits.
4. To match the correlations, select Matching, then Match All. A
non-linear regression will be performed to best fit each
Limited PVT Data correlation to the measured lab data. Once the calculation is
and Some finished, select Parameters and identify the correlation which
Laboratory has the lowest standard deviation. This correlation should then
Measured Data be selected and this modified correlation will be used in all
Available further calculations of fluid property data. The fit parameters
are the multiplier and shift applied to the correlation
parameters in order to fit the lab data. If the correlation were a
perfect fit to the match data, Parameter 1 would be set to 1.0
and Parameter 2 would be zero.
5. In order to see how well the optimised correlations fit the data,
select the best fitting correlation and click calculate. Then,
enter the pressure and temperature ranges for the calculations
(one of the temperatures should be the same as the measured
data), press OK and Calculate. Once the calculation is
finished, select Plot to display both the calculated and
measured PVT data. Select the Variables option on the plot
menu bar to choose which fluid property data to display.
1. Select Tables and enter data in the tables. The program will
use data from the tables where it is available and calculate fluid
Extensive properties using the selected correlations where no PVT data
Laboratory PVT was entered. Because it interpolates the tables, PROSPER
Data Available. cannot accurately account for temperature changes when PVT
data is available for only one temperature. In such cases, the
Limited PVT recommendations should be followed.

NB Whether PVT tables have been input or not, PROSPER will use correlations unless
the Use Tables box on the PVT Input screen has been selected. Do not select Use
Tables unless complete PVT tables have been entered. Data at only one temperature is
not adequate in most cases.

For some details about the input parameters, refer to the Glossary (Appendix E).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 168

2.5.1.1 Match Data

Match data is entered in the "Matching" section in the PVT Input screen, as shown in the
example below:

Enter the PVT laboratory measured data to match to. Up to fifty tables of fifteen data
records may be entered each at a different temperature.

Since PROSPER models gas evolution in the tubing, rather than in a reservoir, Flash
Data, not differential liberation data should be used for matching.

For each match table, input the Temperature and Bubble Point Pressure data, then
enter pressure versus Gas Oil Ratio, Oil Formation Volume Factor and Oil
Viscosity data.

Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field blank.

To preserve the shape of the correlations, only enter only the minimum number of points
to ensure a good match.

After matching is performed, the plot tabs (shown below) can be used to quickly view the
matched correlation against the entered lab data. This can help with the selection of the
best correlation to use.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 169 PROSPER

To perform PVT matching, select the "Matching" button at the top of the screen and refer
to the section on Regression for further information.

Additional Information

Where only differential liberation PVT data is available, a PVT simulation

program like Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp can be used to
calculate the flash properties using a model that has been matched to the lab
data.

2.5.1.2 Regression

The matching function is used to perform the non-linear regression, which adjusts the
correlations to best-fit laboratory measured PVT data. The non-linear regression
matching technique can be used on up to fifty PVT match tables, each with a different
temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match variables for an oil
and water model:
Pb Bubble point pressure.
GOR Gas oil ratio versus pressure.
Oil FVF Oil formation volume factor versus pressure.
Oil viscosity Oil viscosity versus pressure.
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In cases where the PVT
data is incomplete or of poor quality, better results can often be obtained by matching on
the best characterised parameters only. However, because bubble point can be difficult
to accurately predict from correlations, it is recommended that it is used as a match
parameter, where possible.
On selecting the "Matching" button in the main PVT screen, the following window will be

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 170

displayed:

The screen is split into the following sections:

1. Action buttons – these buttons perform various actions such as matching, plotting etc.
2. PVT Match data – enter the PVT laboratory measured data for PVT matching
3. Match variables – select the black oil variables to match
4. Results – fluid properties calculated by the black oil correlations for varying pressures
and temperatures
5. Match correlation – select the black oil correlations to perform a match on

Done Return to the main PVT Screen

Main This will return the user to the main PROSPER window
Individual correlations can be matched to selected measured PVT
data by:
Match 1. Selecting the correlations,
2. Selecting the fluid properties to match to,
3. Click-on Match.

Match All All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in one
key stroke by selecting the Match All command button
Having performed the matching process the match parameters are
displayed by clicking on Parameters.
Parameters The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier - Parameter
1, and a shift - Parameter 2 to the correlations.
The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 171 PROSPER

overall goodness of fit. The lower the standard deviation, the better
the fit.
It should be noted that correlations whose parameters are adjusted
the least (i.e. P1 close to 1.0 and P2 close to 0.0) are also suitable
candidates as they represent possibly similar fluids to the one you
are attempting to model.

Plot Plot calculated data using the modified correlations against the
actual Match Data entered.
Help View this screen

Additional Information

The form of the correlations for FVF is different above and below the bubble
point. If the FVF at bubble point is not available, the regression may not
achieve good results. When matching the oil FVF, always enter data at the
bubble point. Do not enter many match points only use the minimum number
to define the shape of the correlation curves. In most cases, only data at the
bubble point is required.

Matching FVF above Bubble Point

The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble point
(especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3 and 4)
have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1 and P2)
and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.

In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that
no discontinuities occur.

The minimum data required to match an oil is the solution GOR and the bubble
point at a given temperature.

2.5.1.3 Table Look-Up Data

In PROSPER the PVT data can also be entered as tables by clicking Tables from the
main PVT input screen. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the 'Use Tables' option has been selected on the input data screen. This
option should be used only when extensive table data is available for a range of
temperatures.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 172

PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete (i.e. one table containing only a single row of values) this will result
in interpolation effects and extrapolation errors.
If no data for a certain parameter is entered, the selected black oil correlation
will be used to calculate the required data.

Unlike when entering Match Data, where standard conditions should be avoided, when
entering look-up table data one of the conditions at which the properties are entered
MUST be standard conditions.

IMPORTANT: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point. There is also a
danger that if the range of pressure and temperature is not wide enough the
program may have to extrapolate properties. This can lead to erroneous
properties being calculated.

Rather than entering the values by hand, PROSPER can import tables of properties. To
do this, click the Import button from the Tables screen, and PROSPER will prompt for the
name of an ASCII file containing the PVT data. Petroleum Experts’ PVT Package
PVTp can be used to calculate and export Black Oil PVT tables.

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a PVT table lookup.

Along with the standard buttons, these are three specific options available in this screen:

Done Save the entered Table Lookup Data and return to the main PVT Screen.
Main Save the entered Table Lookup Data and return to the main menu.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 173 PROSPER

Cancel Do not Save the entered Table Lookup Data and return to the main PVT
Screen.
Export Export the current data to clipboard, file etc.
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)
Allow the import of PVT Black Oil Properties generated by Petroleum
Experts' PVTP Fluid Modelling and Thermodynamics software. Select
the appropriate file from a screen similar to the one below and choose
Open to import the properties in this file into the Lookup Data Tables

PVT Import

Transfer Data from the PVT Match Data Tables to theTable Lookup
Data. You will be presented with the following screen.

Transfer

Select the desired action.

Plot Plot the Table Lookup Data

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 174

Help View this screen

Generate Generate a range of table lookup data using the currently selection PVT
Correlations.

An example of the PVT Table import file format is given in Appendix D.

Important Notes on PVT Tables:

Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which implies a single GOR
for the fluid.

When manually entering PVT tables in the tools and performing sensitivities on GOR,
this will not provide the correct fluid description. This is further explained below:

As an example, take the solution gas and oil formation volume factor curves at a fixed
temperature:

When we perform a sensitivity on a lower GOR value (e.g. VLP generation), this will

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 175 PROSPER

lower the bubble point pressure of the fluid and change the RS and oil FVF curves as
shown below by the red dotted line:

The new red dotted line is not known by the PVT tables entered into PROSPER and
hence the original PVT table will still be used. This will cause an error in the estimation
of the fluid properties and hence lead to erroneous calculations.

PVT tables also inherently suffer from interpolation effects and extrapolation error;

Interpolation Effect:

Occurs between two points if sufficient definition is not provided

Can be reduced by providing sufficient data points

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 176

Extrapolation Error:

Occurs when last two points in PVT table are used to predict values at higher/
lower pressure

Can occur when extensive pressure ranges are not used

2.5.1.4 Correlation Parameters

The correlation parameters can be view in the main PVT screen and via Matching |
Parameters. When the parameter window is explicitly opened it shows the values of
the Match Parameters (P1[multiplier] & P2[shift]) associated with each fluid property
for all the correlations at once.

The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of
the fit.

Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind:

1. The value of the Standard Deviation. The lower the Standard Deviation, the better
the fit.
2. A plot should be made and a visual check of the fit quality performed. This can be
viewed in both the main PVT screen and the Matching screen.
3. It should be noted that correlations whose parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. P1
close to 1.0 and P2 close to 0.0) are also suitable candidates. Correlations that

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 177 PROSPER

require minimal adjustment may have been derived using similar fluids to the one
currently being matched to in the model.

Any correlation that shows perfect matching parameters (P1 = 1; P2 = 0) after

matching is likely to be a bad candidate. This is because the likelyhood of a
generic correlation being a perfect representation of the modelled fluid is
almost zero. This behaviour is more likely an indication that the regression
could not converge and will be verified by looking at the correlation plot.

Matching FVF above Bubble Point

The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble point
(especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3 and 4)
have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1 and P2)
and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.

In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that
no discontinuities occur.

Done Save any changes and return to previous screen.

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to previous screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 178

Main Save any changes and return to main menu.

Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Report Generate a report to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

Reset Reset Parameters to default (unmodified) original values (P1=1,

P2=0) for individual correlation and individual fluid property.

Reset All Reset Parameters to default (unmodified) original values (P1=1,

P2=0) for every correlation and every fluid property.
Help View this screen.

2.5.1.5 Equivalent Composition

The Composition tab shows an estimated/eqivalent composition based on the entered
Black Oil Properties.

This composition represents an equivalent composition that is able to reproduce the

entered black oil input data. It is reported only as a reference as it does not necessarily
represent the actual fluid composition. It is important to remark that this composition is
not used anywhere in the PROSPER model.

Note on EOS model

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 179 PROSPER

Equations of State were developed to give a mathematical relationship between

pressure ,volume and temperature. They were originally put forward as a method of
interpreting the non-ideal nature of many pure substances. With time, this role has been
extended successfully to predicting the properties of simple and complex mixtures.

The equations of state used in PVT are derived from Van der Waals Equation and in
common with it represent the total pressure as a summation of an attractive and a
repulsive element:

Ptotal Prepulsive Pattractive

The classic Van der Waals equation describes this relationship as

RT a
P
v b V2

where
b represents the hard-sphere volume of the molecules
a the intermolecular attraction.

In PROSPER there is a choice of Equation Of State (EoS) model

Peng-Robinson RT a (T )
P
(PR) v b v ( v b ) b( v b )

Soave-Redlich- RT a (T )
P
Kwong (SRK) v b v ( v b)

see also:
IPM Equation of State and Steam PVT
Binary Interaction Coefficients
2.5.1.5.1 Composition - binary interaction coefficients
This tab shows a set of binary interaction coefficients associated with an estimated
composition based on the entered Black Oil Properties.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 180

The cubic equations of state were originally developed for pure substances. With time
their use was extended to mixtures. This extension required some method of introducing
a measure of the polar and other interactions between pairs of dissimilar molecules.
The binary interaction coefficient was put forward.

This variable enters the calculation as a component in the inter-molecular attraction a.

For mixtures

a z i z ja ij
i j

where zi and zj are mole fractions of components i and j, respectively and :

a ij (a i a j )1/2 (1 k ij )

kij is the binary interaction coefficient.

Binary Interaction Coefficients represent a flexible way of changing the ideal Equation of
State to match the non-ideal reality of many mixtures.

see also:
IPM Equation of State and Steam PVT

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 181 PROSPER

Equivalent Composition
2.5.1.6 Emulsions Input Data
If the 'Emulsions' option is selected in Options | Options or within PVT | Input Data
then this will enable the Emulsions tab and allow the user to enter emulsion data.
Additionally the locations where the emulsion model will be used can also be selected.

The Flowline Emulsion Data button opens the Emulsion Data entry screen.
2.5.1.6.1 Emulsion Data
PROSPER can model the effect of oil / water emulsions on mixture viscosity for Black Oil
PVT systems including wells equipped with downhole pumps. The behaviour of
emulsions in producing well equipment is not clearly understood. Emulsion PVT in
PROSPER provides a means to assess possible effects of increased emulsion viscosity
by curve fitting experimentally determined data. It must be emphasised that the method
is empirical and does not represent any rigorous model of emulsion behaviour.

In the laboratory, stable emulsions can be prepared from many crude oil / water
systems. Emulsion samples observed/obtained in surface separation equipment does
not necessarily imply that emulsions are present in the well. Field experience shows that
the effect of emulsions is usually less than predicted by laboratory tests. Emulsion PVT
should be used with caution and only when it is certain that emulsions are present and it
is necessary to evaluate their effect on calculated pressures.

To enable emulsion PVT in PROSPER, the Emulsion option can either be selected in the
Options screen or in the PVT Input screen. Emulsion viscosity will replace the mixture
viscosity for selected elements of the production system. Experimental or empirical
emulsion viscosity data can be entered and curve-fitted using non-linear regression.
The emulsion model is used to optionally replace the oil/water mixture viscosity in IPR,
VLP and pump (if one is enabled in the Options screen) calculations. When selected,
emulsion viscosity will be substituted for the fluid mixture viscosity.

Drop down the Emulsion box and select from the following:
No viscosity Turns off emulsion viscosity corrections

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 182

corrections
Everywhere Emulsion viscosity for IPR, VLP and pump if
present
Tubing and Pipe Emulsion viscosity for casing, tubing and pump if
present
Pump only Emulsion viscosity for ESP only
Pump and Above Emulsion viscosity in ESP and tubing above pump
Tubing + Pipe (not
Emulsion viscosity in tubing and pipe only
pump)
Above Pump Emulsion viscosity above the pump only

The selection of system elements affected by emulsion can be changed at a later time

To set up the emulsion model, select Emulsion Everywhere, (otherwise emulsion

viscosity will not be active for the PVT calculations) then click the Data button.

The screen is divided into 3 sections:

Emulsion Data Experimental Data for Matching

Experimental
Experimental Base Conditions
Parameters

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 183 PROSPER

Match Parameters Results of the regression

The base pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in Experimental Parameters. This enables PROSPER to correct the emulsion
viscosity for temperature and pressure.

NB Emulsions Everywhere must be selected before plotting the emulsion viscosity

curve. The emulsion viscosity entered for zero water cut should be compatible with the
100% oil viscosity at the experimental temperature and pressure.

Emulsion viscosity is modelled as a function of water cut in 3 stages, as shown below.

Stage 1
Sharp increase in emulsion viscosity at low water cut (WC), which is determined using
the equation below.

Stage 2
Plateau with a constant emulsion viscosity for intermediate water cuts, which is
determined using the equation below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 184

The parameters Left and Right Water Cut for Maximum Viscosity (WC1 and WC2)
define the plateau region.

Stage 3
‘Tail’ that declines from the end of the plateau to the viscosity of water (at 100% water
cut). This is a proprietary model which is a function of the water viscosity, oil viscosity,
WC1, WC2, P1, P2, P3 and P4 parameters. As stage 3 is a function of oil/water
viscosity, the shape of the curve is thus dependent on the fluid PVT as well as the
pressure/temperature which the fluid PVT is evaluated. Therefore reference
(experimental) pressure/temperature are required to create the emulsion plot

To calculate emulsion viscosity:

1. Enter pairs of water cut and emulsion viscosity data points in the Emulsion Data
table.
2. Enter the Experimental Parameters
3. Click the Match button.

Parameter 4 controls the shape of the curve after the plateau and has to be changed
manually.

When the regression has stopped, click Plot to display the matched mixture viscosity:

Match data is plotted as crosses, calculated viscosity is shown as a solid line.

When Emulsions Everywhere have been selected, the calculated Oil Viscosity in the
PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity.

Done Save all data and return to the previous screen

Cancel Abandon all changes and return to the previous screen
Main Save all data and return to the main menu
Help View this screen
Match Start the regression procedure
Plot Plot the matched mixture viscosity
Export Access the Exporting subsystem

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 185 PROSPER

Transfer Transfer Match Data between the PUMP Emulsion section

and the FLOWLINE Emulsion section. You will be presented
with one of the following screens.

or

Depending on which section you are currently in. Select the

desired action.

Even if No Emulsion Corrections has been selected on the PVT screen,

pump viscosity corrections will be applied whenever the 'Emulsions' option is
selected. Produced fluid viscosity, not emulsion viscosity, will then be used for
calculations.

2.5.1.6.2 Emulsions Matching

To set up the emulsion model, select 'Emulsion Everywhere', (otherwise emulsion
viscosity will not be active for the PVT calculations) then click the Flowline Emulsion
Data button and the following screen will be displayed.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 186

The screen is divided into 3 sections:

Emulsion Data Experimental Data for Matching

Experimental Parameters Experimental Base Conditions
Match Parameters Results of the regression

The pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in 'Experimental Parameters'. This enables PROSPER to correct the emulsion
viscosity for temperature and pressure.

Emulsions Everywhere must be selected before plotting the emulsion

viscosity curve. The emulsion viscosity entered for zero water cut should be
compatible with the 100% oil viscosity at the experimental temperature and
pressure.

Emulsion viscosity is modelled as a function of water cut in 3 stages:

Stage 1
Sharp increase in emulsion viscosity at low water cut (WC), which is determined using
the equation below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 187 PROSPER

Stage 2
Plateau with a constant emulsion viscosity for intermediate water cuts, which is
determined using the equation below.

The parameters Left and Right Water Cut for Maximum Viscosity (WC1 and WC2)
define the plateau region.

Stage 3
‘Tail’ that declines from the end of the plateau to the viscosity of water (at 100% water
cut). This is a proprietary model which is a function of the water viscosity, oil viscosity,
WC1, WC2, P1, P2, P3 and P4 parameters. As stage 3 is a function of oil/water
viscosity, the shape of the curve is thus dependent on the fluid PVT as well as the
pressure/temperature which the fluid PVT is evaluated. Therefore reference
(experimental) pressure/temperature are required to create the emulsion plot

To calculate emulsion viscosity:

1. Enter pairs of water cut and emulsion viscosity data points in the Emulsion Data
table.
2. Enter the Experimental Parameters
3. Click the Match button.
When the regression has completed, click 'Plot' to display the matched mixture viscosity:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 188

Match data is plotted as crosses, whereas the calculated viscosity is shown as a solid
line.

During the matching process, only parameters 1,2 and 3 are matched. Parameter 4
controls the shape of the curve at water cuts greater than the plateau but this must be
changed manually to improve the match.

When 'Emulsions' have been selected, the calculated oil viscosity, water viscosity and
liquid viscosity in the PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity.

For a step-by-step example of how to implement the emulsion model, please refer to
Tutorial 47 in Section 3 of this manual.
2.5.1.6.3 Pump Viscosity Correction Data
For viscous fluids or emulsions, it may be necessary to correct the pump performance
for viscosity. Typically high viscosity fluids or emulsions result in reduction in head, rate
and efficiency whereas the required pump power is increased.

There are four methods implemented within PROSPER to correct the pump
performance for viscosity:
Internal - Based on the Hydraulic Institute Correction (Hydraulic Institute Standards
1969)
Texaco - Proprietary mode received from industry
Customised - User defined correction factors (use when correction factors from pump
manufacturers are available or application of external methods)
ANSI/HI 9.6.7 - Based on the American National Standard (Guideline) for Effects of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 189 PROSPER

liquid viscosity on rotodynamic pump performance

When the Emulsion option is not activated, then no pump or emulsion viscosity
correction is applied.

When Customised pump viscosity correction is selected, up to 10 tables for different

frequencies (or pump speeds) can be entered. The customised pump viscosity input
screen is shown below.

Use this screen to enter data describing the fraction of Head, Capacity, Power and
Efficiency to use of the calculated values for increasing calculated viscosity.
This enables users to empirically model emulsion viscosity effects in the absence of a
rigorous model.

You can selectively apply all or none of the corrections using the drop-down boxes below

Apply Head Correction Yes or No

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 190

Apply Capacity Yes or No

Correction
Apply Power Yes or No
Correction

Done Save the data and return to the previous screen

Cancel Abandon the edit and return to the previous screen
Main Save Data and return to the main menu
Help View this screen
Export Access the Exporting subsystem
Insert Insert rows at the selected rows
Delete Delete the selected rows
Copy Copy selected rows to the clipboard

Cut Copy selected rows to the clipboard and then delete the
selection from the table
Paste Copy the contents of the clipboard to the selected rows
All Select (or deselect) all rows

2.5.1.7 Viscosity Modelling - Rheological Parameters

PROSPER includes a model to capture the effect of non-Newtonian fluids.

A fluid whose viscosity is not constant at all shear rates and does not behave like a
Newtonian fluid would fall into this category. This will enable foams in heavy oils to be
modelled more accurately. Most drilling fluids are non-Newtonian.

The 'non-Newtonian' fluid option can be selected in Options | Options or in PVT | Input
Data and when this is done new parameters appear in the "viscosity" tab of "Other
Data" in the PVT screen, as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 191 PROSPER

To enter the required non-Newtonian fluid viscosity data, select Rheological

Parameters. This will bring up the following screen:

The relationship of the following parameters with temperature and pressure are

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 192

required.

Yield Stress
Consistency Index
Shear Thinning

An internal model has been implemented that will enable foams in heavy oils to be
modelled more accurately. However, it should be noted that this model does not
estimate the apparent viscosity of the emulsion with water. Research on another
program (REVEAL) is ongoing on this subject. The model is based on the Herschel-
Bulkley approach viz:

n
0 K
Shear Stress
0 Yield Stress
Herschel- K Consistenc y Index
Bulkley Model Shear Rate
n Shear Thinning Index

This model calculates an Equivalent Apparent Viscosity.

Oil and Gas viscosities are both set equal to the Apparent Viscosity.

It is also implemented in the reservoir by using an equivalent pipe radius.

This Apparent Viscosity is calculated as follows

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 193 PROSPER

1 1
1 m 1
m
KU s
m m 1 m
( ) 1
m
1
(1 a ) m 1
4R
4Q
R3
n
p 0 K
0
a s
p

1
m
n
(1 a ) 2 a (1 a )
1 2
Apparent m 3 m 2
Viscosity
oil
Calculation s
fluid

where
( ) Apparent Viscosity
Q Flow Rate
R Pipe Radius
0 Yield Stress
K Consistenc y Index
n Shear Thinning Index
Shear Rate
s Specific Expansion Volume Ratio

Maximum Set a maximum viscosity value that will override larger values
Viscosity calculated by the model
Done Save entered data and return to previous screen
Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Main Save entered data and return to main menu
Help View this help screen
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)
Export Access the Exporting subsystem
Report Access the Reporting subsystem

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 194

Plot Plot the Entered Rheological Parameters

Data Editing Buttons
Insert Insert data at selected rows
Delete Delete selected rows
Copy Copy data from selected rows to clipboard
Cut Copy data from selected rows to clipboard and then delete rows
Paste Copy data from clipboard to selected rows.
All Select (or deselect) all rows
Sort Sort the data into Temperature and Pressure order.

2.5.1.7.1 Viscosity Modelling - Y Axis Selection

Select a Y Axis Variable from the list.

Done Return to Plot using the selected Y Axis

Cancel Return to Plot without using the selected Y Axis
Help View this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 195 PROSPER

2.5.1.8 Power Fluid Properties

If one of the following Artificial Lift Methods have been selected: HSP (Hydraulic
Submersible Pump), Diluent Injection or Jet Pump, then additional details of the power
fluid must be supplied to estimate the fluid properties.

In the case of a pump, the "Power Fluid" tab will become active in the PVT Other Data
section:

While in the case of diluent injection, the Diluent Model and Diluent Properties tabs will
become active:

There are two choices for power fluid type:

Water
Other Fluid

If Water is selected, then the only other data required is the salinity of the power fluid.
The program will then estimate fluid properties using the normal water PVT model.

If Other Fluid is selected, then the fluid API is required along with tables of fluid
properties. PROSPER will interpolate this data as required. The program will never
extrapolate this data so it is essential to ensure that the entered data covers the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 196

expected ranges of pressure and temperature. Selecting either the Power Fluid
Properties or Injected Diluent Fluid Properties button will display an input screen like
that shown below:

Tables of data for up to 10 temperatures may be entered. Please ensure that the tables
span the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.

The data can be imported into the model using the Import feature or calculated using
the Generate button. If Generate is used, this will generate PVT properties based upon
the PVT inserted into the main PVT screen. It is therefore recommended that if this
option is to be used, the following steps should be followed:

1. Remove the current PVT data in the main PVT screen and also reset any matching
which has been performed.
2. Enter the PVT properties (and carry out the matching process if data is available)
using the diluent fluid properties.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 197 PROSPER

3. Select Generate to generate the tables based upon the diluent/power fluid PVT.
4. Return to the main PVT screen and remove all of the diluent fluid data and matching
parameters.
5. Re-enter the PVT of the produced fluid and carry out any matching which had
previously been performed again.

Following these steps should allow the correct PVT to be used for both the diluent/power
fluid and the production fluid.
2.5.1.8.1 Hydraualic Drive Downhole Pump (HSP)
Use this screen to enter the properties of the HSP Power Fluid properties if a fluid other
than water is used.

You should make sure that your tables encompass the expected ranges of pressure and
temperature. This is necessary because the lookup procedure used will not extrapolate.

Entering only one table at a single temperature is strongly discouraged!

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 198

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

Main Save entered data and return to main menu
Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Export Export the contents of the table.
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)

Generate Generate the PVT tables using the PVT model from the main
PVT screen
Help View this screen
Plot Plot the Entered HSP Power Fluid Properties

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 199 PROSPER

2.5.1.8.2 Jet Pump

Use this screen to enter the properties of the Jet Pump Power Fluid properties if a fluid
other than water is used.

You should make sure that your tables encompass the expected ranges of pressure and
temperature. This is necessary because the lookup procedure used will not extrapolate.

Entering only one table at a single temperature is strongly discouraged!

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

Main Save entered data and return to main menu
Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Export Export the contents of the table.
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 200

Generate Generate the PVT tables using the PVT model from the main
PVT screen
Help View this screen
Plot Plot the Entered Jet Pump Power Fluid Properties

2.5.1.8.3 Diluent Injection

Use this screen to enter the properties of the Jet Pump Power Fluid properties if a fluid
other than water is used.

You should make sure that your tables encompass the expected ranges of pressure and
temperature. This is necessary because the lookup procedure used will not extrapolate.

Entering only one table at a single temperature is strongly discouraged!

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 201 PROSPER

Main Save entered data and return to main menu

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Export Export the contents of the table.
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)

Generate Generate the PVT tables using the PVT model from the main
PVT screen
Help View this screen
Plot Plot the Entered Injected Diluent Fluid Properties

2.5.2 Gas (Black Oil Model) - Input Data

When Dry and Wet Gas is selected as the fluid type, the following input data screen is
displayed under PVT | Input Data:

Within this screen the Black Oil PVT properties for the gas can be entered and a
correlation selected as highlighted above.

In this PVT method, all of the condensate drop out is assumed to occur at the separator
and not within the production system. The condensate is treated as an equivalent gas
rate which allows for its presence and impact by ensuring that a mass balance is
observed. The hydrocarbon phase is therefore treated as a single phase fluid in
pressure drop calculations. Free water production in the tubing is also considered and
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 202

therefore the fluid becomes a multiphase fluid when water is present.

This model applies to most gas wells. The condensate production is included in the gas
stream as an increase in density - the flow remains single phase gas plus free water if
present. The separator pressure is used to estimate the GE (Gas Equivalent Rate). If
there is significant hydrocarbon liquid drop out in the tubing, a retrograde condensate
model should be used.

Enter the required data in the fields provided. To move from one box to another press
the TAB key.

The screen is split into the following sections:

Input Data section This section allows the black oil PVT properties of the fluid to be
included.

Other Data section This section allows other data, such as water vapour calculations,
to be enabled and added.
Z Factor, Gas FVF
This section allows the user to view the current matching
Correlation
parameters for Z Factor and Gas FVF.
section
Gas Viscosity This section allows the user to view the current matching
Correlation parameters for each gas viscosity correlation. The active
section correlation is the one selected within the "Input Data" section.

Matching section This section allows the match data to be entered and plotted.
See Match Data for more information.

The table below outlines the input data that is required. For additional information on
this input data, which may help when there is some uncertainty regarding the input data,
please refer to PVT Separator Pressure.

Gas Gravity Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
weight to that of air (28.97).
Separator Parameter used to determine the equivalent gas volume
Pressure corresponding to the entered CGR (Separator Pressure)
Condensate Ratio between the volumes of condensate and gas both expressed at
to Gas ratio standard conditions
Condensate
Specific gravity of the condensate.
Gravity
Water to Gas Ratio between the volumes of water and gas both expressed at
ratio standard conditions.
Water salinity Salinity of water, expressed as NaCl equivalent.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 203 PROSPER

Enter the mole percentage of H2S, N2 and CO2. These data are from
Impurities
the gas stream composition.

Correlations Select the desired gas viscosity correlations. By default Lee at al. is
selected, as it has a wider range of validity.

A description of the navigation buttons available on this screen can be found in the table
below:

Done Returns the user to the previous screen, keeping changes.

Cancel Returns the user to the previous screen, discarding changes.
This option is used to perform the non-linear regression which
modifies the correlations to best fit entered laboratory measured PVT
data. The non-linear regression matching technique can be used on
up to 50 PVT match tables, each with a different temperature. The
following PVT properties can be used as match variables:

Z factor Gas super compressibility factor versus

pressure
Matching
Gas viscosity Gas viscosity versus pressure.
Gas FVF Gas formation volume factor versus
pressure.

It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In

cases where the PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better
results can often be obtained by matching on the best characterised
parameters only.
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must
first calculate the values over a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. This can be done via the "Calculate" function.

Using the calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus

temperature or pressure can be generated. If the correlations have
Calculate been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations. The calculation section is used to generate
fluid property data for display and quality control purposes only.

During the computation of a gradient traverse calculation, PROSPER

calculates fluid properties at each pressure and temperature step or
node as required by the application.
This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate
name. A dialogue box will appear prompting you to name the PVT
Save
file. The PVT extension is automatically provided by the program. If
you omit this step, the program will automatically save the (matched)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 204

PVT data in a *.pvt file with the same name as the input (*.sin) file.

Import Allows the importation of a *.pvt file. This is the format of created via
"Save" and allows PVT data to be transferred between files easily.

Export Allows selected PVT data to be exported to file, copied to clipboard

or printed. Click here for more information.
Help Accesses the Help section.
If detailed PVT data is available, it can be entered as a lookup table
by clicking on Tables. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered,
each at a different temperature.

If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables (i.e. no
viscosity data has been entered) it will calculate it using the selected/
default black oil correlation. If some data has been entered and
intermediate points are required, these will be linearly interpolated. If
Tables required points are outside of the entered range, the available data
will be extrapolated.

As such PVT tables should be used with care and only when detailed
data for the full operating range is available.

The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data
screen

In the table below, information on some of the inputs and functionalities are provided,
along with links for more details:

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of

State PVT Model and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde
Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The reason behind this is
that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to
account for the condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model
assumes multiphase flow modelling allowing for gas and/or liquid
CO2 Injection phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending on the
prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and

temperature, it is possible to have phase changes somewhere in the
system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT
calculator that overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 205 PROSPER

therefore this should not be used to model CO2 Injection.

If the option to calculate the Condensed Water Vapour is selected
Condensed (either in this screen or in Options | Options), then the Reservoir
Water Vapour Pressure and Reservoir Temperature need to be entered.
Calculations
For further information on this option, please refer to the section on
Condensed Water Vapour calculations.
Enter PVT laboratory measured data to match to . The correlations
can be modified using non-linear regression techniques (using the
Regression button) to best fit the measured data. For each match
table, input temperature , then enter pressure versus the required
parameters. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field
Match data blank. The program interpolates between table entries, so for good
results, the data tables should span the range of temperatures and
pressures likely to be encountered in the application.

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually
obtained using correlations matched to the available lab data rather
than using a straight table lookup.
This options allows the entry of a pressure temperature table
predicting the regions where different PVT formations are likely. This
can be used for Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax
Warnings Appearance, Asphaltenes and Scale Production and will be used
during calculations to provide the user with a visual warning of the
onset of each different formation.

Please refer to the PVT Warning section for further information.

This tab shows an equivalent composition (and Binary Interaction
Composition Coefficients) estimated from the entered Black Oil PVT properties.
Please refer to the Equivalent Composition section for further
information.

NOTE
The Gray VLP correlation has an internal PVT routine that models the effect of free
liquid in the tubing. This overrides the Dry and Wet gas PVT. This correlation gives
good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50 bbl/MMscf and high
produced water ratios. For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate
PVT and the Duns and Ros Original correlation.

Gas properties (e.g. Gas FVF) are calculated directly from the gas Z factor.
The Z factor is calculated based on the Standing Katz Z-Factor charts.

The impact of the impurities on the Z-factor are calculated using Wichert and

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 206

Aziz.

The Gas FVF is then calculated using the real gas law.

Gas viscosity is calculated from the Lee or Carr correlations.

2.5.2.1 Match Data

Match data is entered in the "Matching" section in the PVT Input screen, as highlighted
below:

Up to fifty tables of fifteen data records may be entered, each at a different temperature.
Flash Data not differential liberation data should be used for matching.

For each match table input Temperature and then enter Pressure versus Gas Viscosity,
Z Factor, Gas FVF and Gas Density. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave
the field blank.

The program interpolates between table entries, so for good results, the data tables
should span the range of temperatures and pressures likely to be encountered in the
application.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 207 PROSPER

To preserve the shape of the correlations, only enter only the minimum number of points
to ensure a good match.

After matching is performed, the plot tabs (shown above) can be used to quickly view
the matched correlation against the entered lab data. This can help with the selection of
the best correlation to use.

To perform PVT matching, select the "Matching" button at the top of the screen and refer
to the section on Regression for further information.
2.5.2.2 Regression
This option is used to perform the non-linear regression to modify the correlations to
best fit laboratory measured PVT data.

1. Action buttons – these buttons perform various actions such as matching, plotting etc.
2. PVT Match data – enter the PVT laboratory measured data for PVT matching
3. Match variables – select the black oil variables to match
4. Results – fluid properties calculated by the black oil correlations for varying pressures
and temperatures
5. Match correlation – select the black oil correlations to perform a match on

The non-linear regression matching technique can be used on up to fifty tables of fifteen
data records, each at a different temperature. The following can be matched to:

Gas Viscosity
Z Factor
Gas FVF

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 208

Match Individual correlations can be matched to selected measured

PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations,
Selecting the fluid properties to match to,
Click-on Match.
Match-all All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in
one key stroke by:
selecting the Match All command button
Parameters Having performed the matching process the match parameters
are displayed by clicking on Parameters.
Plot Plots the currently selected correlation against the entered
match data.

The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier - Parameter 1, and a shift -

Parameter 2 to the correlations. The Standard Deviation is also displayed which
represents the overall goodness of fit. The lower the standard deviation, the better the
fit.

2.5.2.3 Table Look-Up Data

If detailed PVT data is available it can be entered in these tables. The program will use
the data from this table in all further calculations if the Use Tables option was selected
on the input data screen. Up to ten separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables it will calculate
it using the selected correlation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 209 PROSPER

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a straight table lookup.

PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete (i.e. one table containing only a single row of values) this will result
in interpolation effects and extrapolation errors.
If no data for a certain parameter is entered, the selected black oil correlation
will be used to calculate the required data.

Unlike when entering Match Data, where standard conditions should be avoided, when
entering look-up table data one of the conditions at which the properties are entered
MUST be standard conditions.
2.5.2.4 Correlation Parameters
The correlation parameters can be view in the main PVT screen and via Matching |
Parameters. When the parameter window is explicitly opened it shows the values of
the Match Parameters (P1[multiplier] & P2[shift]) associated with each fluid property
for all the correlations at once.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 210

The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of
the fit.

Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind:

1. The value of the Standard Deviation. The lower the Standard Deviation, the better
the fit.
2. A plot should be made and a visual check of the fit quality performed. This can be
viewed in both the main PVT screen and the Matching screen.
3. It should be noted that correlations whose parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. P1
close to 1.0 and P2 close to 0.0) are also suitable candidates. Correlations that
require minimal adjustment may have been derived using similar fluids to the one
currently being matched to in the model.

This screen shows the values of the parameters associated with all the correlations. this
screen shows the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched
correlation. Use these statistics to select the best correlation for your application. A plot
should be made (refer calculation and plot sections) and a visual check of the fit quality
performed before making your final selection.

Reset all to set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions

Reset to reset particular items
Done to save if you have reset any of the data
Cancel to return without affecting anything

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 211 PROSPER

Any correlation that shows perfect matching parameters (P1 = 1; P2 = 0) after

matching is likely to be a bad candidate. This is because the likelyhood of a
generic correlation being a perfect representation of the modelled fluid is
almost zero. This behaviour is more likely an indication that the regression
could not converge and will be verified by looking at the correlation plot.
2.5.2.5 Condensed Water Vapour
In a Dry and Wet Gas model it is possible to consider the effect of condensed water
vapour in calculations. Depending on the conditions of the reservoir (temperature and
pressure) there will be a minimum amount of water vapour present in the gas phase (i.e.
the gas will be saturated with this water).

The option to perform these kinds of calculations can be enabled in Options | Options
and within the dry and wet gas model PVT | Input Data under the Other Data section,
as shown below

When this option is selected the user can now enter data into the Reservoir Data tab:

Based on this data, the minimum WGR will be determined and shown in the "Water
Vapour Data" tab:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 212

Click Water Vapour Plot to view a graphical representation of the calculated

Condensed Water Vapour as a function of Reservoir Pressure and Temperature.

This data is derived from a modified version of the McKetta-Wehe correlation (1958) for
saturated water vapour content of sweet natural gases, which corrects for salinity.
Further information on the properties of oilfield water, and a reference to the McKetta-

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 213 PROSPER

Wehe correlation, “Properties of Petroleum Fluids” (second Edition) Chapter 16 by

William D McCain can be referred to.

The condensed water vapour calculations assume that the reservoir gas has become
saturated with water over time, and thus gas moving from far out in the reservoir towards
the wellbore will contain an amount of water based on the prevailing reservoir conditions
(e.g. average reservoir pressure).

Once the saturated gas reaches the well and enters the wellbore, the in-situ conditions
i.e. the pressure and temperature at certain depths within the well, are used to
determine whether and how much of the water will drop out. This will subsequently have
an effect of the pressure drop in the well etc.

2.5.3 Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil Model) - Input Data

The PROSPER Retrograde condensate (Black oil) model has been developed in-house
by Petroleum Experts. This model predicts liquid dropout taking place in the tubing.
The reservoir gas gravity is determined assuming the principle of mass balance using
an equivalent density of the oil. The equations used are given in Appendix B of the User
manual.

When Retrograde Condensate is selected as the fluid type, the following input data
screen is displayed under PVT | Input Data:

Within this screen the Black Oil PVT properties for the retrograde condensate can be

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 214

entered and a correlation selected as highlighted above. To move from one box to
another press the TAB key.

The screen is split into the following sections:

Input Data section This section allows the black oil PVT properties of the fluid to be
included.

Other Data section This section allows other data, such as reservoir data and water
vapour calculations, to be enabled and added.
Match This section allows the user to view the current matching
Parameters parameters for Dew Point, Reservoir CGR, Z Factor, and Gas
section FVF.
Gas Viscosity This section allows the user to view the current matching
Correlation parameters for each gas viscosity correlation. The active
section correlation is the one selected within the "Input Data" section.

Matching section This section allows the match data to be entered and plotted.
See Match Data for more information.

The table below outlines the input data that is required. For additional information on
this input data, which may help when there is some uncertainty regarding the input data,
please refer to PVT Separator Pressure.

Separator
Pressure of the Separator
Pressure
Separator
Temperature of the Separator
Temperature
Separator
Gas to Oil Ratio at the separator.
GOR
Separator Gas Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
Gravity weight to that of air (28.97). Enter separator value.
Tnak GOR Gas to Oil Ratio at stock tank.
Tank Gas Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
Gravity weight to that of air (28.97). Enter stock tank value.
Condensate
Specific gravity of the condensate.
Gravity
Water to Gas Ratio between the volumes of water and gas both expressed at
ratio standard conditions.
Water salinity Salinity of water, expressed as NaCl equivalent.

Impurities Enter the mole percentage of H2S, N2 and CO2. These data are from

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 215 PROSPER

the gas stream composition.

Correlations Select the desired gas viscosity correlations. By default Lee at al. is
selected, as it has a wider range of validity.

If only single stage flash data is available, the separator can be entered at
standard conditions (0psig, 60oF). The total GOR can then be entered as the
Separator GOR and the gas gravity as the Separator Gas Gravity. The Tank
GOR can be set to 1 scf/STB and the Tank Gas Gravity to the same value as the
Separator Gas Gravity.

If tank GOR and tank Gas gravity are unknown they can be left at 0 and 1
respectively. The unmeasured tank gas rate should be estimated using a
suitable correlation and added to the separator gas. For such cases, the total
produced GOR should be entered under separator GOR. Condensate gravity is
at standard conditions.

If the separator pressure is above dew point, then there can be no liquid
production. When the dew point is unknown, set it to the reservoir pressure
PROSPER handles conflicting input data by dropping the separator pressure to
atmospheric, and increasing the separator gas gravity as required to account
for the liquid production indicated by the Separator GOR. The mass balance is
respected at all times

A description of the navigation buttons available on this screen can be found in the table
below:

Done Returns the user to the previous screen, keeping changes.

Cancel Returns the user to the previous screen, discarding changes.
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate
model should not be matched against lab or simulated PVT
data. This is because the black oil model for condensate in
PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance
and matching could throw the model out of bounds.

It is important to check the validity of the Retrograde Condensate

Matching Black Oil model by comparing the results to a fully compositional
model. A step-by-step guide showing how to perform this validation
can be found in Tutorial 38.

That said, this option is used to perform the non-linear regression

which modifies the correlations to best fit entered laboratory
measured PVT data. The non-linear regression matching technique
can be used on up to 50 PVT match tables, each with a different
temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 216

variables:

Reservoir CGR Condensate to Gas ratio versus

pressure
Z factor Gas super compressibility factor versus
pressure
Gas viscosity Gas viscosity versus pressure.
Gas FVF Gas formation volume factor versus
pressure.

It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In

cases where the PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better
results can often be obtained by matching on the best characterised
parameters only.
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must
first calculate the values over a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. This can be done via the "Calculate" function.

Using the calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus

temperature or pressure can be generated. If the correlations have
Calculate been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations. The calculation section is used to generate
fluid property data for display and quality control purposes only.

During the computation of a gradient traverse calculation, PROSPER

calculates fluid properties at each pressure and temperature step or
node as required by the application.
This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate
name. A dialogue box will appear prompting you to name the PVT
Save file. The PVT extension is automatically provided by the program. If
you omit this step, the program will automatically save the (matched)
PVT data in a *.pvt file with the same name as the input (*.sin) file.

Import Allows the importation of a *.pvt file. This is the format of created via
"Save" and allows PVT data to be transferred between files easily.

Export Allows selected PVT data to be exported to file, copied to clipboard

or printed. Click here for more information.
Help Accesses the Help section.
If detailed PVT data is available, it can be entered as a lookup table
by clicking on Tables. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered,
each at a different temperature.
Tables
If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables (i.e. no
viscosity data has been entered) it will calculate it using the selected/
default black oil correlation. If some data has been entered and

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 217 PROSPER

intermediate points are required, these will be linearly interpolated. If

required points are outside of the entered range, the available data
will be extrapolated.

As such PVT tables should be used with care and only when detailed
data for the full operating range is available.

The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data
screen

In the table below, information on some of the inputs and functionalities are provided,
along with links for more details:

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of

State PVT Model and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde
Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The reason behind this is
that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to
account for the condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model
assumes multiphase flow modelling allowing for gas and/or liquid
phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending on the
CO2 Injection prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and

temperature, it is possible to have phase changes somewhere in the
system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT
calculator that overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and
therefore this should not be used to model CO2 Injection.
If the option to calculate the Condensed Water Vapour is selected
Condensed (either in this screen or in Options | Options), then the Reservoir
Water Vapour Pressure and Reservoir Temperature need to be entered.
Calculations
For further information on this option, please refer to the section on
Condensed Water Vapour calculations.
This options allows the entry of a pressure temperature table
predicting the regions where different PVT formations are likely. This
can be used for Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax
Warnings Appearance, Asphaltenes and Scale Production and will be used
during calculations to provide the user with a visual warning of the
onset of each different formation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 218

Please refer to the PVT Warning section for further information.

This tab shows an equivalent composition (and Binary Interaction
Composition Coefficients) estimated from the entered Black Oil PVT properties.
Please refer to the Equivalent Composition section for further
information.

Note
The PVT Black Oil model for Gas Retrograde condensate should not be
matched to lab data, as this could lead the correlation out of its validation
boundaries and potentially cause errors in the calculations.

Petroleum Experts recommendation is instead to validate the Condensate Black

Oil model against the results of the EoS. Please refer to the Tutorial 38, where a
step-by-step example of this validation is illustrated.
2.5.3.1 Match Data
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate model should not be
matched against lab or simulated PVT data. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance and
matching could throw the model out of bounds.

It is important to check the validity of the Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model by
comparing the results to a fully compositional model. A step-by-step guide showing how
to perform this validation can be found in Tutorial 38 which can be found within Section 3
of the PROSPER User Guide.

Although note recommended, match data can be added in the window shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 219 PROSPER

2.5.3.2 Regression
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate model should not be
matched against lab or simulated PVT data. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance and
matching could throw the model out of bounds.

It is important to check the validity of the Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model by
comparing the results to a fully compositional model. A step-by-step guide showing how
to perform this validation can be found in Tutorial 39 which can be found within Section 3
of the PROSPER User Guide.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 220

1. Action buttons – these buttons perform various actions such as matching, plotting etc.
2. PVT Match data – enter the PVT laboratory measured data for PVT matching
3. Match variables – select the black oil variables to match
4. Results – fluid properties calculated by the black oil correlations for varying pressures
and temperatures
5. Match correlation – select the black oil correlations to perform a match on

The non-linear regression matching technique can be used on up to fifty tables of fifteen
data records, each at a different temperature. The following can be matched to:

Gas Viscosity
Dew Point
Reservoir CGR
Z Factor
Gas FVF

Match Individual correlations can be matched to selected measured

PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations,
Selecting the fluid properties to match to,
Click-on Match.
Match-all All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in
one key stroke by:
selecting the Match All command button
Parameters Having performed the matching process the match parameters
are displayed by clicking on Parameters.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 221 PROSPER

Plot Plots the currently selected correlation against the entered

match data.

The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier - Parameter 1, and a shift -

Parameter 2 to the correlations. The Standard Deviation is also displayed which
represents the overall goodness of fit. The lower the standard deviation, the better the
fit.

2.5.3.3 Table Look-Up Data

If detailed PVT data is available it can be entered in these tables. The program will use
the data from this table in all further calculations if the Use Tables option was selected
on the input data screen. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables it will calculate
it using the selected correlation.

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations rather than using a straight table lookup.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 222

PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete (i.e. one table containing only a single row of values) this will result
in interpolation effects and extrapolation errors.
If no data for a certain parameter is entered, the selected black oil correlation
will be used to calculate the required data.

Unlike when entering Match Data, where standard conditions should be avoided, when
entering look-up table data one of the conditions at which the properties are entered
MUST be standard conditions.

IMPORTANT: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single CGR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point. There is also a
danger that if the range of pressure and temperature is not wide enough the
program may have to extrapolate properties. This can lead to erroneous
properties being calculated.

2.5.3.4 Correlation Parameters

The correlation parameters can be view in the main PVT screen and via Matching |
Parameters. When the parameter window is explicitly opened it shows the values of
the Match Parameters (P1[multiplier] & P2[shift]) associated with each fluid property
for all the correlations at once.

The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of
the fit.

Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind:

1. The value of the Standard Deviation. The lower the Standard Deviation, the better
the fit.
2. A plot should be made and a visual check of the fit quality performed. This can be
viewed in both the main PVT screen and the Matching screen.
3. It should be noted that correlations whose parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. P1
close to 1.0 and P2 close to 0.0) are also suitable candidates. Correlations that
require minimal adjustment may have been derived using similar fluids to the one
currently being matched to in the model.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 223 PROSPER

This screen shows the values of the parameters associated with all the correlations. this
screen shows the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched
correlation. Use these statistics to select the best correlation for your application. A plot
should be made (refer calculation and plot sections) and a visual check of the fit quality
performed before making your final selection.

Reset all to set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions

Reset to reset particular items
Done to save if you have reset any of the data
Cancel to return without affecting anything

2.5.4 Calculate
2.5.4.1 Calculate

In order to make a plot or list of fluid property data, PROSPER must first calculate the
values over a specified range of temperatures and pressures. Using the calculated data
points, plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can be generated. If the
correlations have been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 224

modified correlations. The calculation section is used to generate fluid property data for
display and quality control purposes only. During the computation of a pressure
traverse, PROSPER calculates fluid properties at each pressure and temperature step or
node as required by the application.

To use the calculator, select Calculate and the following screen will apprear:

Data can be calculated for specific conditions (User Selected) or over a range of
conditions (Automatic). When the conditions have been entered, select the desired
correlations and press Calculate.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 225 PROSPER

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

Calculate Starts the calculation
Main Returns to the main menu

Plot Plots the results. Plots can either be view with pressure or
temperature on the x-axis.
Help Sees this help screen
Report Accesses the reporting section
Export Exports the data to various locations
Layout Selects which columns to display
Tables Transfers the calculated properties to the PVT tables
Save PTB Saves the tables in a *.ptb file formats

N.B. When Emulsions are present they must be enabled Everywhere in order for the
calculated Oil Viscosity to be replaced by the Emulsion Viscosity.

Calculating PVT Data

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 226

To generate tables and plots of PVT data:

Select the Correlations (use the best matched ones)

Enter the temperature range and number of steps
Enter the pressure range and number of steps
Click-on Calculate
2.5.4.1.1 PVT plot
When using the new plotting method, the different fluid properties can be plotted by
selecting them in the bottom left hand corner of the screen.

The calculated data can be displayed on a plot. The variables that are plotted are
defined under the Variables option on the plot. After performing a PVT calculation a
plot will be displayed showing both the calculated values and the measured values (if
available).

Carefully examine the PVT plots for consistency with the match data. If necessary,
select a different correlation and repeat the PVT calculations until you are satisfied with
the results.

The plotting screen typically looks like the plot below:

2.5.5 Steam Calculations

In order to allow steam calculations to be included in a PROSPER model, either the
Enthalpy Balance or Improved Approximation temperature models must be selected in

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 227 PROSPER

the Options | Options screen. When one of these options has been selected, the
'Steam Calculations' can be enabled on the same screen:

Due to the nature of steam, a small change in pressure can lead to a large change in the
steam quality and therefore it is recommended that when steam calculations are being
carried out, a small step length (such as 50 ft) be used for gradient calculations.

It is possible to set the steam step length in the File | Preferences | Limits screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 228

Setting 'Use Correlation Step Length' to Yes will use this step length to calculate
gradient calculations but PROSPER will revert to the default step length (250 ft) if the
option is not enabled.
2.5.5.1 Calculating Steam Properties
It is possible to calculate the properties of steam in PROSPER via PVT | Steam
Calculator. This option is only available when the steam calculations have been
enabled.

The following options are available:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 229 PROSPER

Returns to the main screen and saves any data which has
OK
beenentered or calculated.

Cancel Returns to the main screen and discards any data which has
been entered or calculated.
Help Will access the Online Help.

Calculate Range Calculates the properties of steam over a range of

conditions.

Calculate Single Calculates the properties of steam at a single given

condition.

2.5.5.1.1 Calculate Range

Selecting Calculate Range will allow the user to calculate the properties of steam over
a range of pressures and temperatures:

Enter the minimum pressure and temperature to be calculated in the 'From' boxes and
the maximum values in the 'To' boxes. The number of steps to be taken between these
two limits should be placed in the '# steps' boxes.

Once the required ranges have been entered, select Calculate to proceed to the
calculation screen.

Select Calculate to carry out the calculation and view the results:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 230

The reported results are:

- Saturation Temperature
- Saturation Enthalpy (vapour and liquid)
- Quality
- Enthalpy (vapour and liquid)
- Density (vapour and liquid)
- Volume (vapour and liquid)
- Viscosity (vapour and liquid)
- Specific Heat (Cv) (vapour and liquid)
- Specific Heat (Cp) (vapour and liquid)
- Compressibility (vapour and liquid)
- Joules Thompson Coefficient (vapour and liquid)
- Thermal Conductivity (vapour and liquid)
2.5.5.1.2 Calculate Single
Selecting Calculate Single will allow the User to calculate the properties of steam at a
given set of conditions.

Enter the pressure and enthalpy of the fluid to be calculated and then select Calculate to
view the results:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 231 PROSPER

The above screenshot shows the results of a single phase water while the screenshot
below shows the results when the solution is found to be in the two phase region:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 232

2.5.5.2 Setting Steam Quality

The quality of steam is the proportion of saturated steam in a saturated water/steam
mixture. 100% steam quality means that all of the mixture is steam while 0% means that
the mixture is 100% water. In order to calculate the steam quality of a stream, knowing
the temperature and pressure of the stream is not enough. The steam quality is also
dependent upon the enthalpy of the fluid.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 233 PROSPER

When carrying out calculations involving steam in PROSPER, the quality of the steam can
either be set (with the resultant enthalpy being calculated) or calculated for the entered
enthalpy value.

For example, to carry out a gradient calculation for a steam injector model, select
Calculation | Gradient (traverse). In the 'Input Data' section, the additional options for
steam can be seen:

For 'Steam Choice', select 'Enter Quality' if the steam quality is to be entered or 'Enter
Enthalpy' to enter the enthalpy. Whichever property is not entered directly, will be
calculated.

When the calculation has been performed, the steam properties are reported:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 234

These results can be seen by scrolling to the right hand side of the results section.

Please note that if the fluid is not at its saturation conditions (at saturation temperature
for the given pressure) then the steam cannot have a quality other than 0 or 1. If
unphysical values are inserted (i.e. a steam quality of 54% when the fluid is above the
saturation temperature), PROSPER will instead use the thermodynamically calculated
value.
2.5.6 Export
The 'Export' button enables the user to export: input data, correlation parameters, match
data, tables and calculation results from the PVT main section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 235 PROSPER

2.5.7 PVT Warnings

This tab allows the different PVT warnings to be enabled and pressure temperature
curves to be inserted for each:

When one of the PVT warnings is enabled, the Data button can be selected which will
allow the pressure temperature curve to be inserted or the data can be entered directly
to the screen above.

If the data is to be plotted, select Plot and refer to the PVT Warning Curves section for

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 236

further information.
2.5.7.1 PVT Warning Curves
Enter a series of points describing the pressure-temperature region in which the
selected PVT issue is likely to form. This information can be obtained from a study of
your hydrocarbon fluid using Petroleum Experts' PVTP program.

This data can be entered for Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax Appearance,
Asphaltenes and Scale Production.

Up to 100 pairs of data points can be entered and plotted:

2.6 System Menu | Equipment Data Input

This section describes the menu option used to define the wells hardware, deviation
survey and formation temperature profile. The program requests only the data required
by the options that have been selected in Options | Options.

The data required for temperature prediction depends on the temperature model used.
For the Rough Approximation and Improved Approximation there is little additional
data required. For the rigorous Enthalpy Balance temperature model, it is necessary to

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 237 PROSPER

completely define the well environment, including all casing strings, cement tops,
formation lithology etc.

A Note about Depth References:

Depths in PROSPER for down-hole and surface equipment are referenced to zero on the
deviation survey screen. Calculated pressures are then referenced to the Xmas tree (if
no surface equipment has been entered) or Manifold (if surface equipment has been
entered). Therefore, when PROSPER well models are combined in a field-wide system
model, the depth references that were used in the individual PROSPER models are not
important. In the field model, however, the depth of each wells 'Top Node' must be
specified with respect to a common reference.

For sub-sea systems, any depth reference (e.g. sea level, drill floor, ground level) can be
used. If ground level is used then a tied back well would have a negative wellhead
elevation. To minimise the potential for errors in correcting the depths, it is
recommended to use the same reference as used for the deviation survey data.
2.6.1 Predicting Pressure Only
When predicting 'Pressure only', click System¦ Equipment to display the following
input screen:

To start the data entry for a new application, click All to select all of the different sections
and the Edit.PROSPER will then display all the relevant input screens in sequence.

If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display a
summary of the current equipment.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 238

To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it temporarily
from any calculation by setting the Disable Surface Equipment choice box at the
bottom of the screen to Yes.

2.6.1.1 Deviation Survey

From the well deviation survey, select a number of depth points that mark significant
changes in deviation. Enter pairs of data points for measured depth (MD) and the
corresponding true vertical depth (TVD). Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered.

The cumulative displacement and angle will be calculated and displayed as entering the
data.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 239 PROSPER

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Main Save entered data and return to main menu
Help View this screen
Plot Plot the Hydrates Formation Region
Filter Feature to fit deviation survey with up to 1000 points

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 240

There is a Measured Depth to True Vertical Depth calculator at the top of the
screen.
If the user wishes to find the TVD at a given MD, just enter the MD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate.
If the User wishes to find the MD at a given TVD, just enter the TVD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate

Once depths have been entered, plot the well profile by selecting Plot. A plot similar to
the one below will be displayed:

The reference depth used by PROSPER for all calculations is zero in the Deviation
Survey table. The Deviation Survey table is interpolated upon to determine the
difference in TVD between any two well nodes. MD and TVD data must be at
least as deep as the bottom-hole tubing depth; PROSPER will not calculate
beyond the last depth in the table.

Deviation Survey data entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for the
surface reference and an MD the same as the TVD of the intake node. The
deviation survey has to start with 0 measured depth and 0 TVD. Due to this
reason, the reference depth (where TVD = 0) has to be at or above the wellhead.

For a sub-sea well (with or without pipeline), if the reference depth is selected in
such a way that it is above the wellhead (at the mean sea level for instance), we
can actually assume an imaginary vertical path in the deviation survey table down

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 241 PROSPER

to the wellhead. We do not need to include the pipeline measured depth in the
deviation survey. The deviation survey describes the deviation of the down-hole
equipment only.

Horizontal wells with deviation angles greater than 90 degrees from vertical can
be entered. PROSPER will issue a warning that the TVD of one node is less than
the previous one, but well profile plots and calculations will proceed as normal.

For Horizontal wells the deviation survey may be entered only up to the heel of the
well, as the well from the heel all the way up to the to is a part of the inflow
description.

2.6.1.1.1 Filter
When more than 20 points are available, the Filter allows a determined number of
points (up to 20) that best-fit the entered points (see figure below).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 242

In the 'Raw Data' table (figure above) enter the data from the survey.

It is possible to copy the table by selecting the first row and paste from the Clipboard

Besides the standard buttons there are some additional buttons:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 243 PROSPER

Calculate
Calculates the angle of deviation from the vertical
Angle
Reset Deletes the entered data
Filter Calculates a number of points which fit the deviation table entered
on the left. Check the fitting by hitting on Plot. If this is not ok,
change some parameters (like for example the Initial Filter Angle)
until the match is reached
Transfer Transfers the calculated points to the main Deviation Survey
screen

The Filter parameters are described in the following table:

Initial Filter Used to chose second point of the deviation survey; the point with
Angle higher angle will be filtered through
Angle Step Defines the minimum angle difference between two points; if the
difference is higher the point will be filtered through
Maximum The Maximum Number of Points that can be filtered through; if the
Number of number of points filtered is more than the value specified
Points PROSPER will increase the angle to satisfy the criterion
Actual Filter The angle calculated by PROSPER to satisfy Maximum Number
Angle of Points criteria

When selecting Filter, the program will filter the points in order to reproduce the well
trajectory previously imported.

The first point of the deviation survey is always filtered through as a starting point. Then
the Initial Filter Angle parameter is used to choose second point of the deviation survey;
i.e. the first point along the deviation survey where the angle from the vertical goes
above the initial filter angle will pass through the filter and is selected as the second
point.

The next points are filtered through based on the Angle Step; i.e. if the difference in the
angle between two points is more than the value specified.

PROSPER actually calculates the Angle Step internally depending on the Maximum
Number of Points entered by user; i.e. if the number of point passed through the filter is
more than the Maximum Number of Points specified the angle will be increased to
satisfy the former. The resulting value is then reported as Actual Filter Angle.

The filtering is performed on the basis of Measured Depth (not Cumulative

Displacement). In essence, the filtering ensures that the measured depth
(and TVD) between two points is always consistent with the original survey

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 244

even though plotted profiles may appear slightly different. This is because
Measured Depth defines length of the pipe (tubing), which is particularly
important in temperature and pressure drop calculations in PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 245 PROSPER

The Plot function allows to quality check the fitting. In the plot the well entered trajectory
(in blue) is plotted along with the fitted points (in red):

2.6.1.2 Surface Equipment

The Surface Equipment screen is used to enter surface flowline, choke and pipe fitting
data as shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 246

Data is entered from the manifold (at the top of the screen) to the wellhead (at the
bottom of the screen).

PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipe work between the production manifold
and the upstream side of the wellhead choke. The production manifold is regarded by
PROSPER as presenting a constant back-pressure, regardless of flow rate. If systems
analysis is to be performed relative to the wellhead, (i.e. gathering system pressure
losses are neglected) then no surface equipment input is required.

The surface equipment model can be described using the following 4 elements:

Pipe Segment of pipe

Choke A multiphase choke correlation is used which is valid for both
critical and subcritical flow. The choke model to be used can be
selected on this screen. If the Norsk Hydro model is selected
further input will be required. (Use the Choke Data button). We
recommend using the ELF choke method

N.B. The choke model selected in the surface equipment window

will be used to calculate the dP for restrictions and SSSV's in the
downhole equipment window.
Fittings It allows to determine the dP associated to a wide range of
fittings

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 247 PROSPER

Pump A multiphase pump can be entered provided this has been setup
in the system summary screen.

The manifold is set as the first equipment type automatically by PROSPER. Surface
equipment geometry can be entered either as pairs of X, Y co-ordinates relative to the
manifold or the Xmas Tree, Reverse X, Y (Y co-ordinates deeper than the reference
depth are negative) or TVD of the upstream end and the length of the pipe segment.

The difference in TVD between the ends of a pipe segment is used to calculate gravity
head losses. The internal diameter (ID), roughness and pipe length entered determine
the friction pressure loss. The flowing temperatures for each upstream node must also
be entered when calculation option Pressure only is selected.

The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
identical wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line.
The fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered increasing the frictional
pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1.

As an example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical wells

could be modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flowlines
having identical dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual
dimensions for one pipe and a pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also
possible to vary the rate multiplier along the pipeline to simulate varying
sections of dual pipelines for example.

Fittings have been added to the surface equipment section of PROSPER to account for
the various pressure losses associated with pipe fittings throughout a given system.

Prosper can model pressure ( and temperature) drop across a range of fittings. These
pressure drops are handled using the equivalent length concept from which it is possible
to determine the corresponding pressure drop.

v2
h
2g

Where h = decrease in static head (ft) due to velocity (ft/sec) and is defined as the
velocity head.

If a valve or fitting is incorporated in the pipeline the equivalent length is:

v2
hL K
2g

Where K is the resistance coefficient which is defined as the number of velocity heads

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 248

lost due to the valve or fitting.

The K values are tabulated for a wide range of fittings and configurations:

Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

PROSPER multi-phase choke pressure loss correlation accounts for both critical and
sub-critical flow. We would recommend the use of the ELF Choke correlation that it
similar to the Petroleum Experts’ method and is more robust in extreme conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 249 PROSPER

Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the
difference in TVD between its ends.
The down-hole and surface equipment entries must describe a continuous
system. The TVD and temperature of the upstream end of the last pipeline
segment should be equal to the Xmas tree TVD and temperature. In X,Y co-
ordinates, the Y co-ordinate of the last pipe segment must be the same
elevation as the wellhead TVD. (i.e. same magnitude, but opposite sign)

N.B. When specifying the pump in the surface equipment it should be noted that
the pump cannot be specified next to the wellhead or manifold. If your
configuration requires this then specify a small length of pipe (1 ft) in order that
the fluid properties are set up correctly.

To check that the surface equipment description is accurate, click Plot to display a plot
of the pipe elevation as follows:

2.6.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment screen enables the down-hole completion data to be

entered.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 250

The Downhole Equipment screen will change automatically depending on the options
selected in the Options | Options menu screen. For example, if Annular Flow has
been selected, the screen will require Casing I.D. and Tubing O.D. to be entered in
addition to the Tubing I.D.

The tubing string can be modelled using the following element types:

Tubing
SSSV
Restriction
Casing

PROSPER automatically inserts the Xmas tree as the first down hole equipment item.
To describe the tubing string, work from the shallowest depth downwards, entering the
bottom depth of changes in tubing diameter, ID and roughness factor. The deepest
depth entries for the tubing, deviation survey and temperature should be consistent.

The last depth specified in the down-hole equipment is taken to be the

bottom-hole depth by PROSPER and should correspond to the top of the
perforations or the top of the reservoir. Everything below this point is
considered as part of the IPR.

Below the uppermost producing perforation, the flow profile (as measured by
a production logging tool) depends on layer productivity etc. The uppermost
producing perforation is the deepest point in the well passing 100% of the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 251 PROSPER

production. Below this point, the calculated frictional pressure gradient may
be over-estimated in high rate wells having small I.D. completions.

An SSSV is considered to have no length, and is modelled as a sharp-edged

orifice inserted between adjacent tubing string elements. A restriction is
handled identically to an SSSV. The pressure loss calculations in PROSPER
account for choking as sonic flow velocity is approached. The choke model
selected in the Surface Equipment section will be used.

Casing is treated the same as tubing for pressure drop calculations. Only enter a
downhole equipment description down to the producing interval being analysed. i.e. the
deepest casing depth entered should be the point of the producing perforations and
equal to the depth of the reservoir pressure reference. The deepest depth entries for the
tubing, deviation survey and temperature should all be consistent.

The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completion. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.

It is possible to view databases of both tubing and casing sizes using the Tubing DB or
Casing DB buttons. These will take the User to the databases described in the Options
Section.

Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Up to 50 tubing string elements can be input. For complex completions, simplify the
data entry by entering only the major elements that dominate the overall tubing pressure
drop.
2.6.1.4 Temperature Survey
This screen enables entry of the flowing temperature profile of the fluid in the well. If
no bottom hole flowing temperature survey data is available, the static reservoir
temperature at the mid-point of perforations and the wellhead flowing temperature can
be used.

A minimum of two depth / temperature points is required.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 252

Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

PROSPER interpolates temperatures from the survey data for depths within the
table limits, and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate potential
errors, ensure that a temperature is entered for the deepest node depth. It is
recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth, deviation survey
depth and intake node depths are all consistent.

2.6.1.5 Pipe Schedule and Equipment

In the 'Surface Equipment' or in the 'Downhole Equipment' section it is possible to

import as pipe, tubing and casing ID values from databases containing pipeline, tubing
and casing data.

In the 'Surface Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Pipe Schedule
button and in the 'Downhole Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Casing
DB or Tubing DB buttons:

These are the steps to import the equipment ID:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 253 PROSPER

1. Select the Type of equipment from the screen - for example, Tubing - as shown below:

2. Select the row corresponding to the piece of equipment and select the Equipment
button (if in the Surface Equipment section, select Pipe Schedule) and select the
database (in this case Tubing Database)

3. Select the equipment to use from the database

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 254

Then Copy and Done

4. The program will show a dialogue with at the bottom an option on the way forward.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 255 PROSPER

For example, selecting Copy ID and OD to Selected Records, then Done will pass the
values to the equipment screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 256

2.6.2 Predicting Pressure and Temperature

The Equipment data entry screens vary depending on the Temperature model selected
in the main program Options. The following sections discuss the different data which is
required to be input when both pressure and temperature are being predicted.

2.6.2.1 Rough Approximation

Equipment entry for the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model varies little from the
'Predicting Pressure Only' option. Click on System Equipment to display the
following input screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 257 PROSPER

To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the
Summary command button will display a schematic summary of the current equipment.

To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then included or excluded
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the screen.

2.6.2.1.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.6.2.1.2 Surface Equipment

Surface Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only except that the
temperature of the pipe surroundings and an overall heat transfer coefficient are
required to be entered in the top left hand corner of the screen. There is also no longer a
need to enter the fluid temperature at each node as this is being calculated:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 258

The heat transfer coefficient should not be confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production
tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced
and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of
the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

N.B. The choke model selected in the surface equipment window will be used to
calculate the dP for restrictions and SSSV's in the downhole equipment window.

If the prediction type has been set to 'Pressure and Temperature (Surface Gradient)'
then the surface equipment temperature gradient can be entered instead of a single
surrounding temperature value, as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 259 PROSPER

2.6.2.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment section of PROSPER defines the path which the fluid takes to
surface and should be defined from the bottom hole (normally taken to be the top of the
producing perforations) to the well head.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 260

The Downhole Equipment input data is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.

2.6.2.1.4 Geothermal Gradient

This is where the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model differs most from the
Pressure Only case. PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile to be
entered on this screen and not the fluid temperature:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 261 PROSPER

The geothermal gradient can be entered relative to measured depth or TVD by selecting
the required option from the drop down menu.

PROSPER requires a minimum of two points for the geothermal gradient; one
taken at the depth of the well head and one taken at the bottom-hole depth.
The formation temperature will be calculated by linear interpolation between
the entered points.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 262

Enter static formation temperatures e.g. extrapolation of temperatures

recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore temperatures.

As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) that
describes the resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and
conduction) from the well to its surroundings. If well test data is available, this U value
can be estimated in the 'VLP/IPR Matching' section. The Enthalpy Balance temperature
model is a convenient way to determine average heat transfer coefficients if no test data
is available.

The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

2.6.2.1.5 Average Heat Capacities

To edit Average Heat Capacities, click its check box then click Edit to display the
following dialogue:

Enter values that correspond to average conditions in the well. Note that for oil, and
especially gas that Cp values are strong functions of both temperature and pressure.

Please note that this temperature model calculates an average Cp based on the
entered values and the mass flow rates of each phase. This calculated average Cp is
used for the entire well. While this is often a good assumption, it may not be applicable
for production systems where there are large changes in pressure and temperature.

Default values are

Cp Oil 0.53 BTU/lb/F
Cp Gas 0.51 BTU/lb/F
Cp Water 1.00 BTU/lb/F

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen.
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main same as done but return to the front screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 263 PROSPER

Help view this screen

Default Reset the data to default values (specified above)

The default values will often give reasonable results in moderate GOR oil wells.
However, actual Cp values for oil and gas may vary significantly. Do not rely on
the defaults - obtain good estimates of Cp, or use the Enthalpy Balance
method where accurate temperature prediction are achieved.

2.6.2.1.6 Gauge Details

Up to 10 gauges can be added to a well in PROSPER:

The pressure and temperature at these gauges will be given as additional results in any
calculation being run.
2.6.2.2 Enthalpy Balance
To commence data entry for a new application, click All | Edit. PROSPER will then
display all the input screens in sequence.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 264

If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display a
summary of the current equipment. To go back and edit one particular equipment item,
click the button on the left of the appropriate item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then included or excluded
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the screen.

2.6.2.2.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.6.2.2.2 Surface Equipment

An example of the surface equipment screen is shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 265 PROSPER

To calculate heat losses, additional data such as outside diameter, material type and
insulation (if used) are required to be input. The surface equipment model can utilise the
following equipment types:

Line pipe
Coated pipeline
Flexible tubes
User selected
Choke
Fittings

To allow for pipe bends, etc., enter an equivalent length/diameter (90º bends can be
specified within the 'Fittings option.'). The choke calculation handles both sub-critical
and critical flow and will calculate the temperature drop across the choke.

Descriptive labels for each element can be entered in the Label field if desired as these
labels appear on reports and calculation screens.

Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD of the upstream end of
the pipe segment and length or as X, Y (from the manifold or the Xmas Tree) co-
ordinate pairs. More details on these options can be found in the Pressure Only Surface
Equipment Section.

Multiple layers of pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam and bitumen) can be modelled and
this can be different for each pipe segment. The insulation thickness and pipe burial
depth are accounted for.

The choke calculation is for both sub-critical and critical flow. The program will calculate
the temperature drop across the choke.

N.B. The choke model selected in the surface equipment window will be used to
calculate the dP for restrictions and SSSV's in the downhole equipment window.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 266

Choose your surface equipment under the MANIFOLD column. Up to ten entries may
be made. Click the arrow to the right of the boxes and select your surface equipment
type. Enter the length of the equipment, internal diameter (ID) and roughness to
determine the friction on the equipment.

The 'Rate Multiplier' column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several wells
being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line. The fluid
velocity in the flow-line is multiplied by the value entered - thereby increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1.

As an example, the pressure drop in a flow-line connected to 3 identical wells could be

modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flow-lines having identical
dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual dimensions for one pipe and a
pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along the
pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for example.

Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Pipe Burial Depth

Pipes can be laid on the surface (burial depth = 0) or buried. The diagram below shows
the burial depth geometry.

The burial depth is the distance between the soil surface and the bottom of the pipe
(including insulation, if present). The pipe is partially buried if the burial depth < O.D. of
the insulated pipe.

Ensure that the flow-line pipe geometry is consistent with the pipe burial
depth. If necessary, insert another node and change the burial depth for e.g.
the riser.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 267 PROSPER

The soil conductivity around buried surface pipes is taken from the Thermal
Properties database for the shallowest rock type entered in the Lithology
screen.

Insulation

Pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam or bitumen) can be modelled and to define the pipe
insulation click the Enter button to display the following screen:

Select the required insulation type from the drop-down list, then enter the thickness.
Enter the insulation beginning with the innermost layer. PROSPER uses the thermal
properties in its database to calculate the thermal conductivity of the composite
insulation. Click OK to return to the surface equipment screen. Different insulations can
be entered for each section of the flow-line as required. The calculated composite
thermal conductivity is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 268

2.6.2.2.2.1 Insulation

To calculate heat losses, additional insulation data are required to be input.

Commencing with the innermost layer , select the insulation type and enter the thickness
for each layer in turn.
PROSPER uses the thermal properties in its databases to calculate the composite K
value that is used in the temperature computations.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

2.6.2.2.2.2 Fittings
Prosper can model pressure ( and temperature) drop across a range of fittings. These
pressure drops are handled using the equivalent length concept from which it is possible
to determine the corresponding pressure drop.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 269 PROSPER

v2
h
2g

Where h = decrease in static head (ft) due to velocity (ft/sec) and is defined as the
velocity head.

If a valve or fitting is incorporated in the pipeline the equivalent length is:

v2
hL K
2g

Where K is the resistance coefficient which is defined as the number of velocity heads
lost due to the valve or fitting.
The K values are tabulated for a wide range of fittings and configurations:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 270

In the Database select the type of fitting, the sub-type and the status.
2.6.2.2.3 Downhole Equipment

The downhole equipment section is used to describe the production tubing, SSSV and
restrictions. The following equipment items are available:

Mild steel tubing

Plastic coated tubing
Stainless steel (either 13% or 25% chromium)
SSSV

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 271 PROSPER

Restrictions

The thermal properties database for down-hole equipment elements can be edited or
added to if required. Pressure and temperature changes across subsurface safety
valves and restrictions (nipples) are modelled. The following is an example of a down-
hole equipment data input screen:

For the Enthalpy Balance temperature model the casing dimensions and material type
are entered under 'Drilling and Completion,' so the down-hole equipment description is
required only for the tubing string.

To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the list
box arrows to the right of the item fields and make the appropriate selection from the
drop-down list.

Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be: copied, pasting or cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For complex completions, simplify the
data entry by entering only the major elements that dominate the overall tubing pressure
drop.

The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completions. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 272

2.6.2.2.3.1 Insulation

To calculate heat losses, additional insulation data are required to be input.

Commencing with the innermost layer , select the insulation type and enter the thickness
for each layer in turn.
PROSPER will calculate the composite K value that is used in the temperature
computations.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

2.6.2.2.4 Temperature Data

The Temperature Data section is required for the calculations of heat loss for the
surface flow lines and in the well-bore. The input data required will change depending if
the 'On-land' or 'Off-Shore' option has been selected in the Options | Options screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 273 PROSPER

In the 'Temperature Data' screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just as
in the 'Geothermal Gradient' section for 'Rough Approximation').

If the well is on land, then the air humidity, temperature and velocity are required as well
as the ground level with respect to the origin.

If the well is offshore, then in addition to the data on the air, the sea level and sea bed
depth must be entered along with the temperature profile and velocity of the sea.

Surface Enter the following data

Environment Air Temperature
Humidity
Air Velocity
Mean Sea Level
in order to calculate the heat transfer coefficients at surface.
Formation Gradient Enter a series of points describing the formation temperature
gradient.
Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered.
The depth entered can be either
Formation Measured Depth
Formation True Vertical Depth.
Whichever you enter, the other will be automatically calculated
using data from the Deviation Survey data
Sea Bed Depth Enter the sea bed depth with respect to the origin
Sea Gradient Enter a series of points describing the sea temperature

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 274

gradient. Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen.
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main
same as done but return to the front screen

Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.5 Temperature Data (On Land)

The Temperature Data section is required for the calculations of heat loss for the
surface flow lines and in the well-bore. The input data required will change depending if
the 'On-land' or 'Off-Shore' option has been selected in the Options | Options screen:

In the 'Temperature Data' screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just as
in the 'Geothermal Gradient' section for 'Rough Approximation').

If the well is on land, then the air humidity, temperature and velocity are required as well
as the ground level with respect to the origin.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 275 PROSPER

If the well is offshore, then in addition to the data on the air, the sea level and sea bed
depth must be entered along with the temperature profile and velocity of the sea.

Surface Enter the following data

Environment Air Temperature
Humidity
Air Velocity
Mean Sea Level
in order to calculate the heat transfer coefficients at surface.
Formation Gradient Enter a series of points describing the formation temperature
gradient.
Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered.
The depth entered can be either
Formation Measured Depth
Formation True Vertical Depth.
Whichever you enter, the other will be automatically calculated
using data from the Deviation Survey data
Sea Bed Depth Enter the sea bed depth with respect to the origin
Sea Gradient Enter a series of points describing the sea temperature
gradient. Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen.
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main
same as done but return to the front screen

Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.6 Drilling and Completion

This data is used to calculate the heat transfer coefficients down hole. If the offshore
option has been selected the marine riser parameters must be entered in this section.
Entries must be from TOP to BOTTOM. Thus, the riser will be the first entry.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 276

The completion fluid liquid and gas 'types' can have a significant effect on the heat loss
through the annulus as the properties can differ significantly. If pressure is maintained on
the annulus, the mud weight used should be modified to reflect the actual annulus
pressure at the packer depth. If the well is being gas lifted, the program assumes that
the annulus is full of gas down to the injection point.
c as well as allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Ensure the Tubing OD is less than the Casing ID.

For complex completions fluids, select the appropriate Customised Options from the
main Drilling and Completions section. Completion fluid property data will be entered
via look-up table data. The figure below shows the data required when selecting the
Completion Fluid Gas Type | Customised option from the drilling and completions
section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 277 PROSPER

Five temperature dependent tables of properties can be entered. Please ensure that the
table will span the expected range of pressure and temperature conditions. The
program will not extrapolate outside the range of the input table. The Import button can
be used to import the data from a wide variety of sources.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 278

2.6.2.2.6.1 Completion Fluid Properties

Enter properties of your completion fluid (liquid or gas).

The program will use the data from this table to interpolate completion fluid properties.
Up to five separate tables may be entered, each at a different temperature. The
program will only interpolate (no extrapolation).

Please ensure that your table spans the range of expected temperatures and
pressures.

Done Save the table and return to the previous screen

Main Save the table and return to the main screen
Cancel Abandon and return to the previous screen
Reset Reset table(s) to initial conditions
Copy Copy table(s)

Clip Import/export data from/to the clipboard and export to printer,

clipboard, etc.
Import is a general purpose data importing facility (See how to do this)
Plot Plot the data
Help View this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 279 PROSPER

2.6.2.2.7 Lithology
The program contains a database of thermal properties for various rock types including
sandstone, shale, limestone, dolomite, halite and others. The thermal properties
database can be edited and added to as required. If detailed lithology data is available
it should be entered in the screen shown below. If no data is available, use shale from
surface to total depth.

The reservoir temperature and pressure should be entered for the production reference
depth. The formation temperature gradient is interpolated between the reservoir and
surface environment temperatures.

The heat transfer coefficients of these rocks can be calculated according to their
shaliness, porosity etc. The model used is a transient one. You can therefore predict
the temperature at various points in time.

Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be copied, pasted or cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Thermal properties for buried pipelines are taken from the shallowest
formation type entered in the 'Lithology' screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 280

2.6.2.2.8 Temperature Databases

Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

Select the tab of the database you want to edit.

Pipes
Insulation
Fluid
Rock Properties
2.6.2.2.8.1 Pipes database
Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 281 PROSPER

Use this screen to amend the thermal properties of existing pipe types or to add new
pipe types to the database. Edited values remain in memory and become part of a
particular well model file when the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or
new user-defined entries for use in other projects, click the Save button to write them to
the database. The Reset button is used to return all entries to the their default values

N.B. Make sure to use the correct units when entering the thermal properties.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Save Save the Data to the registry
Reset Reset all the database to original values
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Report Generate a printer report of the data
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 282

2.6.2.2.8.2 Insulation Database

Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

Use this screen to amend the thermal properties of existing insulation types or to add
new insulation types to the database. Edited values remain in memory and become part
of a particular well model file when the file is saved. To permanently save edited values
or new user-defined entries for use in other projects, click the Save button to write them
to the database. The Reset button is used to return all entries to the their default values

N.B. Make sure to use the correct units when entering the thermal properties.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 283 PROSPER

Save Save the Data to the registry

Reset Reset all the database to original values
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Report Generate a printer report of the data
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.8.3 Fluids Database

Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

Use this screen to amend the thermal properties of the in-situ fluids database.

Default Values are listed below

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 284

Fluid Specific Fluid Specific Heat

Fluid Type
Gravity Conductivity Capacity
BTU/hr/ft/F BTU/lb/F
Water (salinity <
1.00 0.3500 1.0000
10000.0)
Water (salinity <
1.08 0.3450 1.0200
200000.0)
Water(salinity>20000
1.15 0.3400 1.0400
0.0)
Heavy Oil 0.84 0.0830 0.4900
Medium Oil 0.90 0.0825 0.5000
Light Oil 0.96 0.0815 0.5000
Gas 0.01 0.0215 0.2600

Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model file when
the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined entries for use
in other projects, click the Save button to write them to the database. The Reset buttonis
used to return all entries to the their default values

N.B. Make sure to use the correct units when entering the thermal properties.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the previous screen
Save Save the Data to the registry
Reset Reset all the database to original values
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Report Generate a printer report of the data
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.8.4 Rock Properties database

Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 285 PROSPER

Use this screen to amend the thermal properties of the reservoir rock properties
database. Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model
file when the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined
entries for use in other projects, click the Save button to write them to the database.
The Reset button is used to return all entries to the their default values

N.B. Make sure to use the correct units when entering the thermal properties.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Save Save the Data to the registry
Reset Reset all the database to original values
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 286

Report Generate a printer report of the data

Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.9 Gauge Details

Up to 10 gauges can be added to a well in PROSPER:

The pressure and temperature at these gauges will be given as additional results in any
calculation being run.
2.6.2.3 Improved Approximation
Equipment entry for the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model varies little from
the 'Rough Approximation' option. Click on 'System Equipment' to display the following
input screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 287 PROSPER

To start data entry for a new application, click All | Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the
Summary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To go
back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the appropriate
item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it temporarily
from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box at the
bottom of the Equipment Data screen.

2.6.2.3.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.6.2.3.2 Surface Equipment

Entering data for the 'Surface Equipment' is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only
except for the requirement to enter the overall heat transfer coefficient and the
surrounding temperature. The fluid temperature in the pipeline is not longer required to
be entered as this is now calculated.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 288

The heat transfer coefficient can be specified for each pipe segment and should not be
confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.

The heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production tubing,
annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and free
convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall
heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is referenced
to the pipe inside diameter.

N.B. The choke model selected in the surface equipment window will be used to
calculate the dP for restrictions and SSSV's in the downhole equipment window.

If the prediction type has been set to 'Pressure and Temperature (Surface Gradient)'
then the surface equipment temperature gradient can be entered instead of a single
surrounding temperature value, as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 289 PROSPER

2.6.2.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The 'Downhole Equipment' section of PROSPER defines the path which the fluid takes
to surface and should be defined from the bottom hole (normally taken to be the top of
the producing perforations) to the well head.

The 'Downhole Equipment' input data is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.6.2.3.4 Temperature Data

PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile together with the heat transfer

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 290

coefficient to be entered on this screen:

Enter static formation temperatures from e.g. extrapolation of temperatures

recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore temperatures.

As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. This value can vary throughout the formation. The Enthalpy
Balance temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat transfer
coefficients. The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

PROSPER requires a minimum of two points for the geothermal gradient; one
taken at the depth of the well head and one taken at the bottom-hole depth.
The formation temperature will be calculated by linear interpolation between
the entered points.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 291 PROSPER

2.6.2.3.5 Gauge Details

As with the 'Rough Approximation', up to 10 gauges can be added to a well in
PROSPER:

The pressure and temperature at these gauges will be given as additional results in any
calculation being run.
2.6.2.4 Equipment Data

Data Consistency
It is recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth, deviation survey
depth and tubing string depth are consistent. The Deviation Survey table is
interpolated to determine the difference in TVD between any two well nodes. The depth
reference used for all subsequent calculations is zero in the Deviation Survey table. MD
and TVD data must be entered at least as deep as the tubing intake node - The
program will not extrapolate beyond the last depth in the table. Deviation survey data
entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for the surface reference and an MD
the same as the TVD of the intake node

Temperatures are interpolated from the survey data for depths within the table limits,
and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate potential errors, ensure that a
temperature is entered for the deepest node depth.

Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the difference in
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 292

TVD between its ends. The downhole and surface equipment entries must describe a
continuous system. The TVD and temperature(if applicable) of the upstream end of the
last pipeline segment should be equal to the Xmas tree TVD and temperature. In X,Y
coordinates, the Y coordinate of the last pipe segment must be the same elevation as
the wellhead TVD. (i.e. same magnitude, but opposite sign)

Depth References
Pressure drops are calculated from the sand face to the Xmas tree using the fluid
pressure gradient and frictional losses. The length of the pressure traverse is set by the
distance from the Xmas tree to the deepest calculation node. For surface flowlines etc.,
the difference in elevation between the Xmas tree and the pipeline node is also
accounted for. A consistent depth reference must be used for all elements of the system
equipment.
e.g. If the Xmas tree elevation is set to zero, then the actual length of the tubulars run in
the well should be entered in the downhole equipment schedule, and the flowing
wellhead temperature should be entered at zero depth. A complication arises in
deviated wells. Deviation surveys are normally given in terms of the original drilling rig
Rotary Table elevation. Either the deviation survey must be shifted by the difference in
elevation between the RT and Xmas tree, or the Xmas tree elevation (and everything
else) can be entered relative to the original RT.
Which reference to use is immaterial, as long as it is consistent throughout,
especially where sub sea pipelines are concerned.

N.B. When specifying the pump in the surface equipment it should be noted that
the pump cannot be specified next to the wellhead or manifold. If your
configuration requires this then specify a small length of pipe (1 ft) in order that
the fluid properties are set up correctly.

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient

Rate Multiplier
This option enables you to simulate the pressure drop in dual completions/flowlines by
varying the rate multiplier along the length of the tubing or pipeline. It can also simulate
the pressure drop due to several wells being connected to a production manifold via a
common surface flow line. The fluid rate in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered.
For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1. For example, 2 parallel
flowlines having identical dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual
dimensions for one pipe and a rate multiplier of 0.5. To model the pressure drop for in a
flowline which is fed by a number of identical wells, a rate multiplier of 3.0 would be used
for 3 identical wells.

Flow Descriptor
This option enables you to simulate the pressure drop in tubing and/or annulus by
selecting the fluid flow path for each tubing section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 293 PROSPER

The options are:

Tubing
Annulus
Both

Simultaneous annular and tubing production is only available if you select Pressure only
or Rough Approximation Temperature Modelling. It is modelled by iterating on a rate
split between the tubing and annulus that gives an equal pressure at the end of the next
point where the flow will commingle.
2.6.2.5 Surface Equipment Drawing

The following options are available:

Done Exits the plot back to the previous screen.

Main Exits the plot back to the main PROSPER screen.

Replot If the plot has been zoomed in on, selecting Replot will automatically
zoom out to show the full graph.
Output Allows the graph to be exported, copied or printed.
Help Accesses the Help screen

To zoom in on the plot, simply click and drag over the area to be zoomed in on.
2.6.2.6 DownHole Equipment Drawing
In this plot it is possible to visualise the downhole equipment entered in the input
screens.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 294

This is particularly useful for verifying the correctness of the data entered.

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels

Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
Colours outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.

Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 295 PROSPER

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify